Spuyten Duyvil Bridge New York, NY

Movable Portion Rehabilitation

NY 10.20 July 2017

FINAL

OFFICE OF ENGINEERING National Railroad Passenger Corporation 30th Street Station 4th Floor South Philadelphia, PA 19104

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE NO. 10.20 OVER HARLEM RIVER NEW YORK, NY

MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION

FINAL

Specifications Table of Contents

Division Section Title ...... Pages

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 SUMMARY ...... 4 01 10 01 WORK RESTRICTIONS ...... 3 01 10 03 WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS ...... 7 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES ...... 4 01 27 00 UNIT PRICES ...... 3 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ...... 10 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION ...... 9 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ...... 11 01 35 13.23 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES ...... 9 01 35 43 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES ...... 6 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ...... 9 01 42 00 REFERENCES ...... 4 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ...... 8 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ...... 5 01 73 00 EXECUTION ...... 9 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ...... 7 01 78 23.01 MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS ...... 7 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ...... 5 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING ...... 5 01 91 13 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS ...... 18

DIVISION 2 – SITE WORK 02 03 00 CLEARING SITE ...... 2 02 05 00 DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS ...... 6 02 06 00 STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS ...... 4

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03 01 00 NON-SHRINK GROUT ...... 5

DIVISION 4 – NOT USED

DIVISION 5 -METALS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE ...... 5

DIVISION 6 – SITE WORK 06 50 10 FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS ...... 2

DIVISION 7 – NOT USED

DIVISION 8 – NOT USED SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE NO. 10.20 OVER HARLEM RIVER NEW YORK, NY

MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION

FINAL

Specifications Table of Contents

DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 09 91 00 CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL...... 8

DIVISION 10 – NOT USED

DIVISION 11 – NOT USED

DIVISION 12 – NOT USED

DIVISION 13 – NOT USED

DIVISION 14 – NOT USED

DIVISION 15 –MECHANICAL 15 00 00 BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL ...... 26 15 00 10 CENTER PIVOT BEARING ...... 3 15 00 20 BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK ...... 5 15 00 30 OPERATING MACHINERY WORK ...... 4 15 00 40 END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS...... 4

DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL 16 00 00 ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL ...... 21 16 00 10 MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING ...... 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Reference Documents. 4. Access to site. 5. Coordination with occupants. 6. Work restrictions. 7. Specification and drawing conventions. 8. Miscellaneous provisions.

1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. See Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS” for additional access and use of site information.

B. See Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS” for additional access and use of site information.

C. See Division 01 Section “SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES” for additional access and use of site information.

D. See Division 01 Section “TEMPORARY FACILITIES” for additional access and use of site information.

1.4 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: As follows: 1. Project: Rehabilitation of the Movable Portions of the Spuyten Duyvil Bridge, NY 10.20 Empire Line, New York Division, New York, NY. 2. Owner: National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak), 60 Massachusetts Avenue NE, Washington, DC 20002

SUMMARY 011000 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Designer: The project designer may also be referred to in these documents as the A/E (architect/engineer) or Architect. The project was designed by Hardesty & Hanover, LLC, 1501 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 under the direction of Amtrak Deputy Chief En- gineer Structures.

B. Contracting Official’s Technical Representative (COTR): The COTR may also be referred to in these documents as “Engineer” or “Project Engineer”. The COTR’s status relative to the construction will be delineated in writing by the Contracting Officer prior to the pre-construction conference. The project construction will be administered by Amtrak Deputy Division Engi- neer Program Management, 400 West 31 Street, New York, NY 10001.

1.5 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and in summary consists of the following: 1. Structural, Mechanical and Electrical rehabilitation and/or replacement of movable bridge components of the Spuyten Duyvil Bridge swing span. 2. Conversion of the center pivot mechanism and steel framing from a hybrid rim/center bearing system to a center bearing system with live load bearings. 3. Construction of pivot pier maintenance platform. 4. The work generally involves components and systems that are below the level of the track on the bridge. 5. The work generally involves components and systems located at or near the bridge pivot pier at the center of the swing span and the two rest piers at the ends of the swing span.

B. Type of Contract:

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.6 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

A. Historical Drawings 1. Amtrak will provide, to the Contractor, one complete set of copies of available drawings of the existing Spuyten Duyvil Bridge. 2. Right of Way and Track Map, New York Central Railroad, V5T/1, revised 12/31/55.

1.7 ACCESS TO SITE

A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section.

B. See Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS” for additional use of site information.

C. See Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS” for additional access and use of site information.

SUMMARY 011000 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. See Division 01 Section “TEMPORARY FACILITIES” for additional access and use of site information.

1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. See Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS”.

1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Content: The Specifications (also called “Special Provisions”) use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.

1.10 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. See Division 01 Section “PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION” for duties of the Project Coordinator, Movable Bridge.

B. See Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS” for special requirements related to navigation and maintenance of the Spuyten Duyvil waterway.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

SUMMARY 011000 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate measurement or payment will be made for the work required under this Section. The Contractor’s costs in connection therewith will be considered incidental to the item of work to which they pertain.

END OF SECTION 011000

SUMMARY 011000 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 011001 - WORK RESTRICTIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section provides site and time restrictions that apply to performing the work of the project.

B. Related Requirements

1. See Division 01 Section “SUMMARY” for additional access and use of site information. 2. See Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS” for additional use of site information. 3. See Division 01 Section “TEMPORARY FACILITIES” for additional access and use of site information.

1.3 USE OF PREMISES

A. Refer to the General Provisions, Article entitled “Use of Site”.

B. Use of Site:

1. RAIL OPERATIONS: Work on or near Railroad Property: Refer to Division 01 Section “Special Procedures for Railroad Facilities” a. The Contractor shall plan to perform all demolition and construction activities with rail operations unimpeded while trains operate over the bridge. b. Amtrak Engineering has planned major track work along the Manhattan portion of the Empire Line, which includes Spuyten Duyvil Bridge. See Section 011003, WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS for further details. c. The Contractor shall plan his work to perform the majority of the fieldwork required for the project during the rail operations suspension period. During that period, the draw span of the Spuyten Duyvil Bridge will be left in the open position except as otherwise required for short term testing or other operations. See Section 011003, WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS for further details. 2. NAVIGATION: Spuyten Duyvil Bridge swing span openings: a. The swing span shall remain operable for navigation at all times, except as permitted under Section 011003, WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS and as indicated above. 3. Confine construction operations to the Spuyten Duyvil waterway and bridge as hereinafter restricted. 4. Owner Occupancy: a. Allow for Owner occupancy of bridge and track at all times when trains are operating.

WORK RESTRICTIONS 011001 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

b. During the railroad operations suspension period, when the bridge is left in the open position, the Contractor will have control of the bridge site. 5. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials, except as permitted in writing by the Amtrak COTR following the Contractor’s approved Site Specific Safety Work Plan. a. Amtrak will allow the Contractor limited use of the site access drive for delivery of equipment, materials labor and supplies. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. c. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 6. Operations over Railroad Right-of-Way: Refer to Division 01 Section “SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES”. 7. Work in Navigable Waterways: Refer to Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATEREWAYS”.

C. Working Hours:

1. Weekdays: 7:00 AM until 4:00 PM, except that during the period of rail operations suspension extended hours from 7:00 AM until 7:00 PM weekdays and Saturday will be permitted. 2. Night: Night work may be required for performance of some activities best done to avoid interfering with marine navigation. The Contractor shall request scheduling of nighttime operations as part of his schedule submittal. a. If fieldwork is performed at the bridge outside of the rail operations suspension period, night work may be required for performance of some activities best done while trains are not operating. Revenue rail service at Spuyten Duyvil Bridge does not generally operate between the hours of 11:30 pm and 6:30 am daily Sunday through Thursday, and between 12:30 am and 6:30 am on Friday and Saturday. 3. No work shall be scheduled on observed holidays: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas.

D. SITE SECURITY

1. The Contractor shall maintain a secure work site, protecting Owner’s interests and property from claims arising from trespass, theft, and vandalism. 2. Materials and equipment belonging to the Contractor or subcontractors shall not be stored on Railroad property without first having obtained permission from the COTR and such permission will be on the condition that the Railroad will not be liable for loss of or damage to such materials and equipment from any cause. 3. The Contractor shall provide such security measures as may be required to protect their tools, equipment, and property and that of their subcontractors from damage, theft, or vandalism. 4. In the event that National Security Levels are increased to Code Orange or Code Red, Owner will immediately reinstate all jobsite security policies for all on-going projects. The requirements are as follows: a. In addition to the required Amtrak Safety Training ID cards, all individuals working onsite must receive a jobsite specific badge directly from the Contractor, including subcontractors, suppliers, Contractor’s staff, design team members and Owner’s other project team members. Each badge will have a control number to track the recipient’s name and employer. Contractor shall maintain a list of all badges and names on file at the Project Field Office for Owner’s daily use.

WORK RESTRICTIONS 011001 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

b. Names and SSN of all Owner’s Safety Trained personnel working onsite will be on file with the Amtrak Safety Department and are available to Amtrak Police for their use during a declared heightened state of security. c. All personnel working onsite or traveling to the site must have available their Project Badge and Amtrak Safety Training ID Cards upon request from Amtrak Police or Construction Manager. Failure to produce the required identification will result in immediate removal from the site. d. All subcontractor onsite equipment, storage containers and jobsite workboxes are to be on file with the Contractor. All new containers introduced to the site must be recorded with the Contractor’s Field Office. e. All deliveries must be scheduled with Owner prior to delivery to the jobsite. Any and all deliveries are subject to inspection and search by Owner.

1.4 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS

A. Refer to the General Provisions, Article entitled “Access to Work”.

B. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site during the construction period except for the planned period of railroad operations suspension. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations.

C. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 01140

WORK RESTRICTIONS 011001 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 011003 – WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The Contractor’s attention is directed to the navigation channels of the Spuyten Duyvil. It shall be sole responsibility of the Contractor to so conduct his construction operations as to comply with all the regulations and requirements of the U. S. Coast Guard and the New York Department of Environmental Conservation in connection with, but not limited to, water pollution control and maintenance of navigation.

B. Spuyten Duyvil Bridge swing span openings:

1. The swing span shall remain operable for navigation at all times, except as permitted hereunder.

2. Amtrak Empire Line Rail Operations Suspension Period

a. Amtrak Engineering has planned major track work along the Manhattan portion of the Empire Line, which includes Spuyten Duyvil Bridge. It is planned that rail operations along the Manhattan portion of the Empire Line will be suspended for one continuous period of 90 days. The rail operations suspension period will start sometime between May 1, 2018 and June 30, 2018.

b. The Contractor shall plan his work to perform the majority of the fieldwork required for the project during the rail operations suspension period. During that period, the draw span of the Spuyten Duyvil Bridge will be left in the open position except as otherwise required for short term testing or other operations.

3. During the rail operations suspension period noted above the swing span will be left in the open position. With prior approval of the US Coast Guard arranged by the Contractor, the Contractor will be permitted to occupy one of the two navigation channels at the bridge. The US Coast Guard needs a minimum of 90 calendar days prior, formal notification request to arrange for the continuous period of channel restriction (See also Section 011430, Work in Navigable Waterways). The following applies to this restriction period:

a. The work day shall be up to 12-hours to allow for maximum daytime activities during the channel restriction period.

b. The Contractor shall perform demolition and construction activities so as to allow navigation to pass unhindered through at least one channel of the bridge, except as the Contractor may otherwise formally arrange with the US Coast Guard for bridge closures to navigation. 1) The Contractor shall be permitted to occupy the south channel of the bridge, with his equipment.

WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS 011003 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2) The Contractor shall not continuously occupy the north channel. If the Contractor occupies the channel for short durations, the channel shall be completely cleared as necessary to allow unhindered passage of vessels.

c. The Contractor shall schedule and arrange his activities, such that the maximum amount of work can be performed during the rail operations suspension period.

4. During the rail operations suspension period, in lieu of performing demolition and construction with the swing span in the open position over the existing pivot pier, the Contractor may float the swing span off-site and return it to position before the end of the rail operations suspension period.

a. The Contractor shall be responsible for all US Coast Guard coordination.

5. The Contractor shall otherwise perform demolition and construction activities with bridge operation capability maintained and navigation unhindered, except as the Contractor may otherwise formally arrange with the US Coast Guard for bridge closures.

C. Related Requirements

1. See Division 01 Section “SUMMARY” for additional access and use of site information.

2. See Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS” for additional use of site information.

3. See Division 01 Section “TEMPORARY FACILITIES” for additional access and use of site information.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall comply with the provisions of Section 01300.

B. Submittals shall include the following:

1. Plans and schedule of contractor’s proposed sequence of operations in the waterway as specified in Paragraph 3.1A.

2. Copies of permits and releases form as specified in Article 3.3.

3. Drawings and catalog cuts of the lights, relays, and batteries, including details for mounting and security as specified in Paragraph 3.6C.

4. Copies of plotted sounding elevation in the navigable channel as specified in Paragraph 3.6F.

5. Photographs in black and white of bridge structures after completion from the Mariner’s viewpoint as specified in Article 3.7.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS 011003 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3.1 AGENCY APPROVALS

A. Prior to starting any construction work affecting navigable waters, approval shall be obtained, in writing, from the COTR and the U. S. Coast Guard, of the Contractor’s proposed sequence of operations in the waterway. The Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of his plan and schedule of operations to the COTR for approval at least 90 days prior to commencing any work in the waterway. Two (2) copies of his plan and schedule approved by the COTR shall in turn be submitted to the U. S. Coast Guard for approval at least 30 days prior to commencement of any work over or in the waterway, except that all waterway closures, channel restrictions, and vertical clearance reductions must be requested in writing, 90 days in advance, from the First Coast Guard District Bridge Branch Office.

B. The plan and schedule or sequence of operation shall include a sketch of the waterway; a sketch of the bridge; the location of any restrictions that will be placed in the waterway such as barges, anchors and anchor lines; the location and height above mean high water of any scaffolding or netting; the placement, type and dimensions of cofferdams, dolphins, spars, etc., if used; and a projected set of dates and length of time each operation will take. The schedule should also include the hours of operation and whether or not equipment will be removed at night.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS

A. The Contractor shall perform in-river construction from barges and/or from work platforms installed on the west side pivot pier fender. Any other method of in-water construction access must be submitted to the State of New York Department of Environmental Conservation for review and approval.

1. See Division 01 Section “SUMMARY” for additional access and use of site information.

2. See Division 01 Section “TEMPORARY FACILITIES” for additional access and use of site information.

3. See Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS” for additional use of site information.

3.3 ACCESS TO SITE

A. The Contractor shall provide the means for transportation and delivery of labor, equipment and materials to the site. Copies of permits and agreements with persons for permissions to travel over or use private property for storage, disposal or other purposes shall be furnished to the Engineer. Materials misplaced by the Contractor in waterways shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense, to the satisfaction of the proper authorities and the Engineer. Temporary facilities such as docks, piers, sheds, fences, etc., erected in connection with work shall be removed upon completion. Private properties shall be restored to the satisfaction of the owners, and copies of releases from the owners shall be furnished to the Engineer.

3.4 LAWS AND REGULATIONS

A. The Contractor shall pay all costs in connection therewith including, but not necessarily limited to, the cost of any “Notice to Mariners,” the cost of relocating existing navigation aids during the course of construction and the cost of services performed by the U. S. Coast Guard as required, such as special surveys in connection with misplaced material in waterways or making dumping inspections. The cost to the Contractor for compliance, as aforesaid, shall be included in the prices bid for the various items scheduled in the Proposal.

B. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the regulations of Sections 301, 302, 306, 307 and all of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, Public Law 92-500, 86 Stat. 816; Section 10 of the Rivers

WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS 011003 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

and Harbors Act of March 3, 1899 (33 USC 403); Section 404, Stat 816, Public Law 92-500; Section 103 of the Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, 86 Stat. 1052, Public Law 92-532 as they relate to his proposed construction activities. Proposed activities in the waterway may be affected or restricted by these regulations. Any costs and delays incurred in securing authorization for work activities shall be borne by the Contractor and reflected in the prices bid for various Contract items.

C. The Contractor shall obtain all needed permits and licenses and pay all charges and fees incurred. He shall give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work and shall comply with all laws, ordinance rules and regulations of the Federal Government, the State, the City and other bodies having jurisdiction over the work as encompassed by this Contract.

D. The Contractor is advised that dragging the river bottom with a barge, scow, vessel, beam or otherwise, is prohibited.

3.5 U. S. COAST GUARD GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

A. The following US Coast Guard General Construction requirements apply to this project:

1. All bridge closures, or bridge operating schedule changes, must be requested in writing, 90-days in advance, from the First Coast Guard District Bridge Branch Office. No channel restrictions, or vertical clearance reductions may be made without written approval from the above office.

2. Waterway closures or safety zones must also be requested a minimum of 90-days in advance. Please contact USCG Sector New York, 212 Coast Guard Drive, Staten Island, NY 10305-5005. Phone: (718) 354-4195.

3. All submissions to the Coast Guard for review and approval must first be approved by the owner of the bridge or their authorized agent. All submission of plans, scope of work, and schedules of operation must be sent to the First Coast Guard District, Bridge Branch Office.

4. At least 30-days prior to commencement of any work, we must have for our review and approval, a copy of the construction plans, contractor schedule, preferably depicted in a time line graphic format, and the contractor's daily hours of operation. The construction plan package must show the following: (1) a plan of the entire waterway area in the vicinity of the project. (2) The location of work barges and any anchor lines during working and off-hours. (3) In addition, a drawing must be included, if applicable, depicting any scaffolding or containment used indicating the location and the total vertical or horizontal channel reduction. All vertical clearance reductions below low steel or concrete under the bridge as a result of the use of scaffolding must be clearly detailed on the drawings shown in total feet. (4) Emergency 24-hour telephone numbers for all responsible individuals for this project must be submitted to this office before any phase of construction begins in case of an emergency situation during off-hours.

5. Scaffolding used under ANY span of the bridge must be lighted with constant burning red lights every 50 feet and on all corners. The placement of scaffolding must not interfere with the ability of a moveable bridge to open for vessel traffic. Moveable bridges must continue to operate according to their normal schedule unless special drawbridge operation regulation changes have been requested. Warning signs must be posted on both sides of the bridge, visible for a 1-mile range, to warn mariners of the vertical clearance reduction. The signs shall face upstream and downstream so as to draw the mariner's attention to the fact that the clearance has been reduced.

6. All barges placed in the waterway must be lighted with constant burning white lights on all four comers of the barge. The contractor is required to comply with all provisions of the Navigation Rules International-Inland, regarding the use of work barges or floating equipment in the

WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS 011003 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

waterway. Copies are available from the U.S. Government Bookstore, 710 N Capitol Street NW, Washington, DC, 20403, (202) 512-0132, or www.navcen.uscg.gov .

7. Placement of construction barges in the navigable channel shall be done so as to provide a minimum horizontal clearance reduction. Only one navigation channel of a swing bridge may be blocked by work equipment at anytime. Barges must be moved out of the navigable channel after working hours unless approved in writing by this office.

8. Barges held in place by anchor lines must be marked by anchor buoys, which should be lighted. ·

9. An as-built survey verifying the bridge clearances and approved by a professional engineer or land surveyor must be taken upon completion of the project.

10. The on-scene contractor must have a VHF-PM marine radio set to the bridge communication channels 16/13 or the designated channel for the bridge. Additional marine radios monitoring the above channels must also be maintained at the main control of any floating equipment or barges on station.

11. Preventive measures must be taken to prevent any hot work, debris, or construction material from entering the waterway. This includes sandblasting material, paint, and any concrete work by- products. Welding and burning must cease upon approach of a vessel and shall not start again until the vessel has passed the bridge.

12. The project manager must contact the Coast Guard Sector New York-VTS via marine radio before commencement of any and after completion of any Hot Work. A cell phone back-up may be used to contact the above Coast Guard Unit at (718) 354-4088.

13. If permanent bridge navigational lighting cannot be maintained operational during any phase of this project, temporary battery/power lights must be installed at the same locations. These temporary lights must be visible for a distance of 2,000 yards on 90% of the nights of the year. Generally, a lamp of (50 candela) will meet these requirements. Plans for temporary lighting shall be submitted to this office for written approval. Deviations from the approved temporary lighting shall be permitted only upon written authorization from this office.

14. All newly constructed bridge piers, or those in the process of demolition, must be lighted with either red or white flashing (60 flashes per minute) lights. All cofferdams used during construction must also be lighted with red or white flashing (60 flashes per minute) on all four corners.

15. Bridge protective fenders shall not be constructed or rebuilt with any metal surfaces on the rubbing face of the fender system. All bolts, spikes, or other metal fastening devices must be countersunk. Metal splicing plates, if used, shall be mounted on back of outer wales.

16. All piles including those previously damaged or broken that are not being used in the new or repaired fender shall be extracted rather than cut off at the mud line. Upon completion of all fender repairs a bottom sweep is required to determine if any piles or debris are present in the waterway. A wire-drag sweep or side-scan sonar is the preferred method.

17. During the progress of work should any debris or equipment enter the waterway and become a hazard to navigation, immediate notice shall be given to the Coast Guard and the object removed as soon as possible. Until removal can be effected, the obstruction shall be properly marked.

18. Spillage of oil and hazardous substances is specifically prohibited by the Clean Water Act, as amended. Approved spill containment equipment and absorbent material must be located at the project site in the event of a spill into the waterway or the shoreline. The Coast Guard must be notified immediately at (800) 424-8802.

WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS 011003 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

19. The bridge owner is responsible to ensure that channel depths are not affected by this work. Any material, machinery or equipment lost, dumped, thrown into, or otherwise entering the waterway must be removed immediately. If immediate removal is impractical and the object entering the waterway could possibly obstruct or hazard navigation, the object must be marked immediately to protect navigation and the Coast Guard shall be notified as soon as possible. Upon request of the Coast Guard or Corps of Engineers, the bridge owner/contractor shall provide the necessary equipment and personnel to determine the presence of any suspected obstructions in the waterway.

20. The bridge owner/contractor shall provide any and all necessary equipment and personnel to determine the presence of any "suspected" obstructions in the waterway at any time either during or following the completion of bridge construction or demolition operations.

21. Upon project completion, the bridge owner shall provide the Coast Guard with a written certification by a registered professional engineer that the waterway depths have not been impaired as a result of any construction or demolition operations and that the waterway has been cleared of any and all construction debris or remnants from the existing or previous bridge construction or demolition.

22. This approval may be revoked and/or civil penalties imposed for failure to ensure that the above listed stipulations are adhered to or if work is determined to hazard or impair navigation.

3.6 NATIONAL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor shall comply with the Maritime Security requirements as given in 33 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 101, 102 and 103, latest revisions to the date of performance of the work.

B. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and respective employees shall be furnished with and at all times wear personal identification meeting the requirements of 33 CFR 101, Part 101.515 – Personal Identification.

C. All costs incurred in complying with these requirements will be at the sole expense of the Contractor and Subcontractor.

D. See also Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS”, Subsection “Use of Premises”.

3.7 PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Black and white, 8½-inch x 11-inch, glossy photographs of bridge structures, after completion, shall be taken from the mariner’s viewpoint, both upstream and downstream of the bridges. Four copies of each picture shall be forwarded to the COTR for submission to the U.S. Coast Guard.

3.8 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGES

A. Amtrak assumes no responsibilities for any damages sustained or caused by the Contractor’s equipment or barges being anchored or moored at the aforementioned location, and the Coast Guard’s approval of any portion of the work shall not act as a waiver of approval of any portion of the work and shall not act as a waiver for liability for any damage that may result from the Contractor’s operation.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS 011003 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

END OF SECTION

WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS 011003 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use form acceptable to Amtrak. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of A/Es and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with standards or code in effect for Project. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. COTR's Action: If necessary, COTR will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. COTR will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or COTR's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if COTR does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.6 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.

1. Conditions: COTR will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, COTR will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: COTR will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of COTR.

a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to A/E for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 4 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST

Project:

From:

To: Date:

Project Number:

Re: Contract For:

Specification Title: Description: Section: Page: Article/Paragraph:

Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Installer: Address: Phone:

History: New product 2-5 years old 5-10 yrs old More than 10 years old

Differences between proposed substitution and specified product:

Reason for not providing specified item:

Similar Installation: Project: Architect: Address: Owner: Date Installed:

Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: No Yes; explain

Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ ).

Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: No Yes [Add] [Deduct] days.

Supporting Data Attached: Drawings Product Data Samples Tests Reports

(8/01/12) SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (Continued)

The Undersigned certifies: Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects.

Submitted by: Signed by: Firm:

Address:

Telephone: Attachments:

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 012700 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS for procedures for measurement and payment for TECHNICAL MANUALS. 2. Division 2 Section SITE CLEARING for procedures for measurement and payment for SITE CLEARING. 3. Division 2 Section DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS for procedures for measurement and payment for DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS - PERMANENT. 4. Division 2 Section DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS for procedures for measurement and payment for TEMPORARY REMOVALS AND REINSTALLATION. 5. Division 2 Section STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS for procedures for measurement and payment for STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS. 6. Division 5 Section STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE for procedures for measurement and payment for STRUCTURAL STEEL – SWING SPAN. 7. Division 5 Section STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE for procedures for measurement and payment for STRUCTURAL STEEL - MISCELLANEOUS. 8. Division 6 Section FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS for procedures for measurement and payment for FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS. 9. Division 15 Section CENTER PIVOT BEARING for procedures for measurement and payment for CENTER PIVOT BEARING. 10. Division 15 Section BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK for procedures for measurement and payment for BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK. 11. Division 15 Section OPERATING MACHINERY WORK for procedures for measurement and payment for OPERATING MACHINERY WORK. 12. Division 15 Section END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS for procedures for measurement and payment for END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS. 13. Division 16 Section ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL for procedures for measurement and payment for ELECTRICAL WORK. 14. Division 16 Section MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING for procedures for measurement and payment for ACCEPTANCE TESTING.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

UNIT PRICES 012700 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Lump Sum: where the unit of payment is “Lump Sum”, the work for that item will not be measured for payment, but the price for performing the specified item of work in its entirety will be the lump sum amount bid for that item.

C. Unit Price Abbreviations 1. LS: Lump Sum

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.

E. See the General Provisions for schedule of values and progress payments provisions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 LIST OF UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM ITEMS

A. Unit Price No. 017823.01: 1. Description: TECHNICAL MANUALS according to Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

B. Unit Price No. 020300.01: 1. Description: SITE CLEARING according to Division 2, SITEWORK, Section SITE CLEARING 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

C. Unit Price No. 020500.01: 1. Description: DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS - PERMANENT according to Division 2, SITEWORK, Section DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

D. Unit Price No. 020500.02: 1. Description: TEMPORARY REMOVALS AND REINSTALLATION according to Division 2, SITEWORK, Section DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

E. Unit Price No. 020600.01:

UNIT PRICES 012700 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Description: STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS according to Division 2, SITEWORK, Section STRUTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

F. Unit Price No. 051200.01: 1. Description: STRUCTURAL STEEL – SWING SPAN according to Division 5, METALS, Section STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

G. Unit Price No. 051200.02: 1. Description: STRUCTURAL STEEL - MISCELLANEOUS according to Division 5, METALS, Section STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

H. Unit Price No. 065010.01: 1. Description: FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS according to Division 6, WOOD AND PLASTIC, Section FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

I. Unit Price No. 150010.01: 1. Description: CENTER PIVOT BEARING according to Division 15, MECHANICAL, Section CENTER PIVOT BEARING 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

J. Unit Price No. 150020.01: 1. Description: BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK according to Division 15, MECHANICAL, Section BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

K. Unit Price No. 150030.01: 1. Description: OPERATING MACHINERY WORK according to Division 15, MECHANICAL, Section OPERATING MACHINERY WORK 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

L. Unit Price No. 150040.01: 1. Description: END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS according to Division 15, MECHANICAL, Section END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

M. Unit Price No. 160000.01: 1. Description: ELECTRICAL WORK according to Division 16, ELECTRICAL, Section ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

N. Unit Price No. 160010.01: 1. Description: ACCEPTANCE TESTING according to Division 16, ELECTRICAL, Section MOVABLE BRIDGE ACCEPTANCE TESTING 2. Unit of Measurement: LUMP SUM (LS)

END OF SECTION 012700

UNIT PRICES 012700 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information (RFIs). 4. Project Web site. 5. Project meetings.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 4. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for coordinating the Work with Owner's Commissioning Authority.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, A/E, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.

1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

C. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste.

1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property.

1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. e. Indicate required installation sequences. f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

2. Review: COTR will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If COTR determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, COTR will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit.

B. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements:

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. 2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using Portable Data File (PDF) format.

3. A/E will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files.

a. A/E makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in AutoCAD. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and A/E.

1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. COTR will return RFIs submitted to COTR by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of A/E. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.

a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to COTR.

1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.

D. COTR's Action: COTR will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for COTR's response for each RFI. RFIs received by COTR after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of COTR's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. COTR's action may include a request for additional information, in which case COTR's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. COTR's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures."

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify COTR in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following:

1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of A/E. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date COTR's response was received.

F. On receipt of COTR's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify COTR within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

1.8 PROJECT WEB SITE

A. NOT APPLICABLE

1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and A/E of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and A/E, within three days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and A/E, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, A/E, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. l. Sustainable design requirements. m. Preparation of record documents. n. Use of the premises. o. Work restrictions. p. Working hours. q. Owner's occupancy requirements. r. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. s. Procedures for moisture and mold control. t. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. u. Construction waste management and recycling. v. Parking availability. w. Office, work, and storage areas. x. Equipment deliveries and priorities. y. First aid. z. Security. aa. Progress cleaning.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise COTR of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:

a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly or at otherwise agreed intervals.

1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and A/E, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Deliveries. 4) Off-site fabrication. 5) Access. 6) Site utilization. 7) Temporary facilities and controls. 8) Progress cleaning. 9) Quality and work standards. 10) Status of correction of deficient items. 11) Field observations. 12) Status of RFIs. 13) Status of proposal requests. 14) Pending changes. 15) Status of Change Orders. 16) Pending claims and disputes. 17) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

E. Coordination Meetings: Conduct project coordination meetings as needed for times when tight control and scheduling of the project activities are required. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and A/E, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Change Orders.

3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROJECT COORDINATOR MOVABLE BRIDGE

A. The Contractor shall designate a “Project Coordinator – Movable Bridge” (PCMB) from his permanent staff as a full-time, qualified project coordinator to supervise construction of the Movable Bridge. A resume of the individual’s experience and written evidence of commitment to the Project shall be submitted prior to Award of Contract.

B. The PCMB shall have had minimum of five years and two projects prior experience coordinating a structural-mechanical-electrical project directly related to movable bridges.

C. Should the first individual designated not, in the opinion of the Construction Manager, possess sufficient experience, another shall be offered until such time as one is found satisfactory to the Construction Manager.

D. Should an acceptable individual not be found within the Contractor’s permanent staff, consideration will be given to an individual hired for the purpose. Under these circumstances, prior movable bridge experience is mandatory.

E. Written evidence of the willingness of the PCMB to commit himself to the duration of the project shall be offered to the COTR as part of the qualifications for the individual.

F. The PCMB shall not be changed without prior approval of the COTR and until a successor has been approved by the Construction Manager.

3.2 PCMB RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The PCMB responsibility includes but is not limited to coordination between the structural, mechanical and electrical work for the movable bridge and with the work of the other sections.

B. The PCMB shall have the responsibility of coordinating all work on the movable bridge portions of the Work from shop drawings through field work and final acceptance so that the Con- tractor and all Subcontractors perform in a timely and organized manner, working toward the common goal of finishing the project in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the approved schedule.

C. The coordination function shall include but not limited to:

1. Coordination of shop drawings from all Subcontractors. 2. Exchange of necessary data between Subcontractors. 3. Substitution of alternate brands of components, substantiation of equivalency, and all revisions necessitated by the substitution. 4. Submittals of shop drawings, catalog cuts, manufacturer’s literature, and operating manuals in a timely manner. 5. Expediting deliveries of critical materials.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 9 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

6. Coordinating all fieldwork, including temporary channel closures, temporary supports, bracings, and jacking.

D. The PCMB shall attend all meetings involving the movable bridge and attended by any combination of Contractor, Subcontractor, material suppliers, and the Construction Manager.

E. The PCMB shall be the individual to whom all questions relating to the construction of the movable bridge shall be addressed.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 013100

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 10 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Special reports.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum unless otherwise approved by COTR.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:

1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF electronic file.

B. Startup construction schedule.

1. Approval of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.

C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of the Work until most recent Application for Payment.

F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.

G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.

H. Material Location Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.

I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.

J. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of COTR's request.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of final completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by COTR. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

a. See Division 5 Metals, Section “Structural Steel, Swing Span” for long lead structural items. b. See Division 15 Mechanical, Section “Operating Machinery” and Section “End Wedge Machinery” for long lead mechanical items c. See Division 16 Electrical, Section “Electrical Work for long lead electrical items

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for COTR's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.

C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 3. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 4. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. 1) Maintenance of Rail Operations d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. 1) Navigation Outage f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control.

6. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing.

D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion.

1. Begin Navigation Outage. 2. End Navigation Outage.

E. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests.

1. See Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures.

F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:

1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.

G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.

H. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)

A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.

B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction and significant schedule critical later activities. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for Notice to Proceed.

a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of COTR's approval of the schedule.

2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information. 3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. 4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to coordinate with the Contract Time.

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:

a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning. j. Punch list and final completion. k. Activities occurring following final completion.

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.

a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.

5. Cost- and Resource-Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to submittal activities. Obtain COTR's approval prior to assigning costs to fabrication and delivery activities. Assign costs under main subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and maintenance

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents, and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum.

a. Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to approval by COTR. b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Main events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Average size of workforce. 10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time.

H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates.

1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date. 4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings.

a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative value completed" with total at bottom. b. Submit value summary printouts before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2.3 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events (see special reports). 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Services connected and disconnected. 16. Equipment or system tests and startups. 17. Partial completions and occupancies. 18. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials:

1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.

C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

2.4 SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Scheduling Consultant: Engage a consultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM scheduling.

1. In-House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a consultant if Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in CPM scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications. 2. Meetings: Scheduling consultant shall attend all meetings related to Project progress, alleged delays, and time impact.

B. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

C. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to A/E, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 013200

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 9 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 4. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require A/E's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require A/E's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."

C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files.

D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by A/E and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.

a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.

4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:

a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for COTR's final release or approval. g. Scheduled date of fabrication. h. Scheduled dates for purchasing. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number.

1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. A/E's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by A/E for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

a. A/E reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on COTR’s receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. COTR will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 7 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. If the Contractor makes a large number of submittals of a single technical discipline (such as structural, mechanical, or electrical, for example) at one time, allow for additional review time by the A/E. 5. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by A/E's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.

a. At Spuyten Duyvil Bridge Movable Portions Rehabilitation, structural and mechanical submittals, in particular, require Contractor coordination, and may require sequential review.

6. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to COTR and to COTR's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to COTR before being returned to Contractor.

D. Paper Submittals: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal item for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by A/E. 3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of A/E. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of subcontractor. g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufacturer.

i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l. Other necessary identification.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless COTR observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.

a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to COTR.

5. Transmittal for Paper Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. COTR will either return without review or discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. a. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Provide locations on form for the following information:

1) Project name. 2) Date. 3) Destination (To:). 4) Source (From:). 5) Name and address of A/E. 6) Name of Construction Manager. 7) Name of Contractor. 8) Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 9) Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 10) Category and type of submittal. 11) Submittal purpose and description. 12) Specification Section number and title. 13) Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. 14) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 15) Indication of full or partial submittal. 16) Transmittal number. 17) Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 18) Remarks. 19) Signature of transmitter.

E. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by A/E. 4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use software-generated form from electronic project management software or electronic form acceptable to Owner, containing the following information:

a. Project name. b. Date.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

c. Name and address of A/E. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. g. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. h. Category and type of submittal. i. Submittal purpose and description. j. Specification Section number and title. k. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. l. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. m. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. n. Related physical samples submitted directly. o. Indication of full or partial submittal. p. Transmittal number. q. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. r. Other necessary identification. s. Remarks.

5. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata:

a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name.

F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by A/E.

G. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by A/E on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from A/E's action stamp.

I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

J. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from A/E's action stamp.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to A/E's FTP site specifically established for Project.

a. A/E will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

2. Action Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. A/E will return two copies. 3. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. A/E will not return copies. 4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.

a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted certificates and certifications where indicated.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file. b. Three paper copies of Product Data unless otherwise indicated. A/E will return two copies.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on A/E's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.

3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. A/E will return submittal with options selected.

6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. A/E will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned.

1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. 5. Submit product schedule in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file.

F. Coordination Drawing Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation."

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

H. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."

I. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

J. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

K. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."

L. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of A/Es and owners, and other information specified.

M. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

N. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

O. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

P. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Q. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

R. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

S. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

T. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 9 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use.

U. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

V. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

W. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

X. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to COTR.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 10 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to COTR.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 A/E'S ACTION

A. Action Submittals: A/E will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. A/E will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action.

B. Informational Submittals: A/E will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. A/E will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from A/E.

D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the A/E without action.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 11 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 013513.23 - SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) "General Provisions for Construction Contracts" (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Work on or near railroad property. 2. Operations over railroad right-of-way. 3. Work on or near existing railroad tracks. 4. Equipment near or adjacent railroad tracks. 5. Railroad safety. 6. Track monitoring. 7. Watchmen's services. 8. Repair of damage to railroad facilities.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Site Access".

2. Division 01 Section "Work Restrictions".

3. Division 01 Section "Work in Navigable Waterways".

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Railroad: Controller of railroad tracks, facilities, or property referenced in this Section. Railroad may or may not be the Owner. However, Contractor shall contact Owner for RFIs, requests, and coordination with Railroad.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Request to Access Railroad Property: At least 21 calendar days in advance of Contractor's intent to commence Work and enter upon Railroad property, submit request to the Project Engineer. The Railroad will respond to the request within 7 calendar days of receipt of the request.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 1

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Site-Specific Safety Work Plan (SSSWP): Submit site-specific work plans including computations and a detailed description of proposed methods for accomplishing the Work, including methods for protecting Railroad traffic.

1. Approval of Site-Specific Safety Work Plan shall not relieve Contractor of complete responsibility for the adequacy and safety of operations.

2. Use SSSWP form templates provided by Amtrak.

3. Provide detailed demolition/ work plan for approval before each stage of the work or operation begins.

C. Crane/Hoisting Work Plan: Submit a site-specific work plan for accomplishing hoisting operations, for each type of lift.

1. Show adherence to all safety rules. 2. Show constructability. 3. Show minimal impact to rail operations. 4. Revise and resubmit plans and calculations as many times as necessary, until a complete and correct Crane/Hoisting Work Plan has been approved. 5. The approved plan will provide the basis for field inspection/verification of the actual work.

D. Request for Track Occupancy: In a form acceptable to Project Engineer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WORK ON OR NEAR RAILROAD PROPERTY

A. Access and Entry: The Railroad will provide access to property that is under its control by ownership or easement. Before entry onto Railroad property, a meeting will be held at which time the Contractor shall submit site-specific work plan. Access to property other than that which the Railroad provides shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. This shall include temporary access for construction beyond those limits shown.

B. Railroad Traffic: During the Work, Railroad traffic shall be maintained at all times with safety and without interruption, except when interruption is approved in advance and in writing by the Project Engineer. The date, time, and duration of all such interruptions shall be determined by the Project Engineer. Conduct operations in compliance with all rules, regulations, and requirements of the Railroad (including these Specifications) with respect to any work performed on, over, under, within or adjacent to the Railroad's property. Contractors shall be responsible for acquainting themselves with such rules, regulations and requirements. Any violation of Railroads safety rules, regulations, or requirements shall be grounds for the immediate suspension of the Work, and the re-training of all personnel, at the Contractor's expense.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 2

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

C. Coordination: For all work that will be performed on or beneath Railroad property, the coordination and communication between the Contractor and the Railroad necessary to accomplish the Work will be established and maintained only through the Project Engineer.

D. Protection: The Railroad will furnish such qualified watchmen, signalmen, or Class "A" (Electric Traction) protection men as may be required to ensure complete protection of train operations and railroad facilities. The need for this type of service will be determined by the COTR on the basis of railroad regulations and the Contractor's requirements. No work shall proceed without proper protection on the site. All expenses incurred in connection with such protection of Railroad facilities by Railroad employees will be borne by the Railroad, except for those costs associated with delays attributable to the Contractor.

E. Maintenance of Safe Conditions: If railroad tracks or other property of the Railroad are endangered during the work, Contractor shall immediately take such steps as may be directed by the Railroad to restore safe conditions, and upon failure of Contractor to immediately carry out such direction, the Railroad may take whatever steps are reasonably necessary to restore safe conditions. All costs and expenses of restoring safe conditions, and of repairing any damage to Railroad's trains, tracks, right-of-way or other property caused by the operations of Contractor, shall be paid by the Contractor.

F. Work Near Electrified Track or Wire: Whenever work is performed in the vicinity of electrified tracks and/or high voltage wires, particular care must be exercised (Spuyten Duyvil Bridge and approach tracks are not in electrified territory). Railroad's requirements regarding clearance to be maintained between equipment and tracks and/or energized wires, and otherwise regarding work in the vicinity of electrified tracks, must be strictly observed. No workers or equipment will be permitted to work within 15 feet of any power transmission or electrified catenary system without a Class "A" employee of the Railroad being present and prior approval of a work plan. All equipment must be grounded and bonded when it or workers within come within 15 feet of any wire (energized or deenergized). The Contractor shall furnish all of the necessary material for this bonding and grounding and must supply adequate lengths of grounding cable (4/0 copper with approved clamps). Ground each piece of equipment in the manner as directed by the Class "A" employee of the Railroad. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, foreman, or operator, any hazard is involved, he must request the protection of a Class "A" employee.

G. Track Fouling:

1. Track fouling is defined as the temporary placement of any material or equipment closer than fifteen (15) feet horizontally from the centerline of the nearest track. The Contractor shall schedule all work to be performed in such a manner as not to interfere with or delay railroad operations. Track fouling will be permitted with the specific case-by-case permission of the Railroad when it will not cause interference with train operations. 2. Track occupancy is defined as the exclusive use, by the Contractor, of a track within specified distance and time limits. When occupying a track, the Contractor's equipment must always remain within the clearance envelope as shown on Clearance Limitations of Roadway Work Equipment Travel & Working Dimensions on the side adjacent to active tracks. Work that requires a catenary power outage shall be considered a track occupancy. 3. The Contractor's request for a track occupancy must be presented to the Railroad weekly, at least 21 calendar days in advance of the expected occupancy. The Contractor shall be permitted a track occupancy on only one track at a time. The time includes the time it

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 3

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

takes to obtain the use of track and the time it takes to return the track to active service. For safety reasons, each of these two actions take Railroad personnel a minimum of 30 minutes to perform. No Contractor work on or near the track is permitted during these beginning and end of shift periods. 4. The Contractor's total proposed track occupancy schedule and construction methods to be used during these track occupancies must be submitted for the Railroad's review and approval within 30 days after Notice-to-Proceed. This is essential for the proper coordination of the Contractor's activities and Railroad operations. 5. The Contractor is advised that the hours and days stated for the track occupancy availability do not apply during the following times of the year:

a. The last 10 days of each calendar year inclusive. b. The Tuesday preceding each Thanksgiving Day to the Sunday following each Thanksgiving Day inclusive.

H. No material or equipment shall be stored on Owner's property without first having obtained permission from the Project Engineer. Any such storage will be on the condition that Owner will not be liable for loss of or damage to such materials or equipment from any cause.

1. Under no circumstances shall any materials be placed or stored within twenty-five (25) feet from the centerline of an outside track, except as approved by the site specific work plan. To insure compliance with this requirement, Contractor must establish a twenty- five (25) foot line prior to the start of work by either driving stakes, taping off or erecting a temporary fence, or providing an alternate method as approved by the Project Engineer.

3.2 OPERATIONS OVER RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY

A. Crane/Hoisting Work Plan: Prepare a plan for bridge erection, demolition and other crane/hoisting operations over railroad right-of-way. Work Plan shall include the following:

1. Plan view showing location(s) of cranes, operating radii, with delivery and/or disposal locations shown. Provide all necessary dimensions for locating the elements of the plan. 2. Plans and computations showing the weight of the pick. 3. Crane rating sheets, demonstrating that cranes are adequate for 150% of the calculated pick weight (the cranes shall be capable of picking 150% of the load, while maintaining normal, recommended factors of safety). The adequacy of the crane for the proposed pick shall be determined by using the manufacturer's published crane rating chart and not the maximum crane capacity. Crane and boom nomenclature is to be indicated. 4. Calculations demonstrating that slings, shackles, lifting beams, etc. are adequate for 150% of the calculated pick weight. 5. Location plan showing obstructions, indicating that the proposed swing is possible. "Walking" of load using two cranes will not be permitted. Rather, multiple picks and repositioning of the crane may be permitted to get the load to the needed location for the final pick, if necessary. 6. Data sheet listing types and sizes of slings and other connecting equipment. Include copies of catalog cuts for specialized equipment. Detail attachment methods on the plans. 7. A complete procedure, indicating the order of lifts and any repositioning or re-hitching of the crane or cranes. 8. Temporary support of any components or intermediate stages, as may be required.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 4

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

9. A time schedule of the various stages, as well as a schedule for the entire lifting process.

B. Preparation, review and approval of the Crane/ Hoisting Work Plan does not relieve the Contractor from meeting other Owner requirements for adequate planning and documentation of proposed work procedures within the right-of-way of the railroad.

C. Current safety rules shall be adhered to in every respect.

3.3 WORK ON OR NEAR EXISTING RAILROAD TRACKS

A. Temporary track crossings are prohibited.

B. Protection of Train Traffic:

1. Conduct the Work in such a manner as to safeguard train operations, tracks, facilities and property of Owner. 2. Treat all wires and attachments as live unless notified by the COTR and/or designated safety employee that same have been grounded and de-energized. Give particular attention to the use of hand lines containing metal strands which cannot be permitted when working near or above exposed live wires. Do not use metal ladders or ladders reinforced by metal in a longitudinal direction near exposed wires. When working over wires, tools and materials not in use will be stored in a manner to prevent them from falling. Do not throw tools or materials to or from men working over the wires and men on the ground. Locate and protect all underground facilities.

3.4 EQUIPMENT NEAR OR ADJACENT TO RAILROAD TRACKS

A. All equipment and tools used in the performance of the work shall be in a safe operating condition, certified first-class condition and shall be suitable for the intended use. Select equipment to eliminate noise and air pollution. All mobile equipment shall be prominently marked with the Owner's or Contractor's name and a unique vehicle number.

B. No equipment shall be placed or put into operation near or adjacent to operating tracks without first obtaining permission of the Project Engineer. Under no circumstances shall any equipment or materials be placed or stored within twenty-five (25) feet from the centerline of an outside track, except as approved by the site specific work plan. To insure compliance with this requirement, Contractor must establish a twenty-five (25) foot line prior to the start of work by either driving stakes, taping off or erecting a temporary fence, or providing an alternate method as approved by the Project Engineer.

C. The Contractor shall provide his own self-propelled equipment for accessing the work site. The equipment must adhere to Owner's requirements, such as clearances, exhaust emissions, safety features, and hitch connections. In particular, all such vehicles must satisfy, as a minimum, the requirements outlined in Appendix I, and the clearances as shown at the end of this Section in Clearance Limitations of Roadway Work Equipment Travel & Working Dimensions. All Contractor-furnished vehicles shall be subject to inspection, and approval, by Owner, at the beginning of the Work, and at six (6) month intervals, thereafter. Any trailer connected to a self-propelled vehicle is also subject to Owner inspection, and approval.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 5

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Vendors supplying high-rail vehicles include, but not are limited to, the following:

1. Campbell Engineering Support Services; 3140 College Point Blvd; Flushing, NY 11354; 718-353-8330. 2. Central Jersey Contractors; 11 Locklin Court; Sayerville, NJ 08872; 800-704-1378; Fax: 732-254-8544. 3. Danella Rental Systems, Inc.; 2290 Butler Pike; Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462; 610-828- 6200; Fax: 610-828-2260. 4. Frank Tartaglia, Inc.; 5867 E. Molloy Road; Syracuse, NY 13211-2099; 315-455-0100; Fax 315-455-6008. 5. Henkels & McCoy; 985 Jolly Road; Blue Bell, PA 19422; 215-283-7600; Fax 215-283- 7659. 6. K.W. Reese, Inc.; P.O. Box 298; Mercersburg, PA 17236; 717-328-5211; Fax: 717-328- 9541. 7. TNT Equipment Sales; 1400 Union Landing Road; Riverton, NJ, 08077; 856-786-7754.

E. The Contractor shall provide a qualified driver for each piece of self-propelled equipment. The driver must be licensed for the type and weight of vehicle according to state and federal Department of Transportation requirements. The driver must also be proficient, at the Project Engineer's determination, in the operation of the specific vehicle. The driver must remain with the vehicle at all times while the vehicle is in operation. Contractor shall provide a list of the proposed employees who will act as the qualified drivers. Contractor shall demonstrate in writing that each proposed driver's qualifications meet the aforementioned requirements.

F. Inspections of equipment shall be pre-arranged through the COTR and will be conducted at Amtrak's Adams Maintenance-of-Way Base, located in New Brunswick, NJ. After the equipment is inspected, the Contractor shall, in the most expeditious manner possible, deliver the equipment to a suitable compound within 25 miles of the Spuyten Duyvil Bridge. The equipment shall remain on Owner property or the suitable compound for the duration of the contract, except for such times it is fueled, maintained, or repaired. If the Contractor removes the equipment from Owner property and uses it on work other than described herein, it must be re-inspected before being allowed to resume work on Owner property. If the COTR reasonably believes that the equipment has been involved in any incident (accidental or intentional) that has or possibly has affected the high-rail gear, the Project COTR will require the equipment to be re-inspected before the equipment is allowed to resume work on Owner property.

G. No equipment shall be stored on Owner's property without first having obtained permission from the COTR. Any such storage will be on the condition that Owner will not be liable for loss of or damage to such equipment from any cause.

H. Responsibility for Damages: The Owner assumes no responsibility for any damages sustained or caused by the Contractor's equipment to public, private, or Railroad property, and approval of any portion of the work shall not act as a waiver of liability for any damage that may result from the Contractor's operations.

3.5 RAILROAD SAFETY

A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and respective employees must first attend Owner's Safety Orientation Class. They are required to comply with Owner's safety requirements throughout the entire construction period. The Safety Orientation Class will be provided under the

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 6

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

jurisdiction of the Project Engineer, who will be responsible to assure that the Contractor, Subcontractors, and respective employees have completed the Safety Orientation Class. The Safety Orientation Class is an online computer based training program that is available 24 hours per day / 7 days per week, provided at the sole expense of the Contractor and Subcontractor on a per-person basis at http://www.amtrakcontractor.com/. All participants completing this course are required to be able to read, comprehend and demonstrate in English their understanding of the materials presented, as well as all the safety instructions, briefings and warnings. All other costs encountered due to complying with the Owner's safety requirements will be at the sole expense of the Contractor and Subcontractor.

B. The Contractor shall appoint within 30 calendar days after award, but prior to starting work, a qualified person who will be designated as a Safety Representative for the Contractor.

3.6 TRACK MONITORING

A. Prior to any construction, profiles of all tracks shall be established. During field construction and until completion of the Project field activities, top of rail elevations of the tracks across the movable span of Spuyten Duyvil Bridge, and at key points on the movable structure, shall be taken daily or as directed by the Project Engineer. Survey stations shall be taken every 31'-0" and the data/information provided to and verified by the Project COTR daily via a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. Should settlement or heave of the tracks occur, work must stop and corrective actions taken.

B. If the settlement or heave at the midpoint of the sixty-two (62) foot chord along the same rail or the change in the cross level between any two points on the rail pairs is greater than one-half (1/2) inch, the Contractor shall immediately cease work and take immediate action to prevent further settlement or heave.

C. The Owner will make all necessary repairs to the track and track roadbed at the Contractor's expense.

3.7 WATCHMEN'S SERVICES

A. The Contractor shall not be permitted to cross any tracks or work within 25 feet of the tracks without the presence of a watchman provided by the Owner. Use of the watchman shall be requested through the Project COTR at least ten (10) days prior to the date this service is required. The cost of watchman services (except that attributable to Contractor delay) will be borne by the Owner.

3.8 REPAIR OF DAMAGE TO RAILROAD FACILITIES

A. Immediately report to the Project COTR any damage to railroad tracks, electric traction facilities, catenary towers, signal and communications facilities, and existing structures caused by the Contractor. All repairs will be made by the Owner at the Contractor's sole expense.

3.9 ATTACHMENTS

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 7

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. Clearance Limitations of Roadway Work Equipment Travel & Working Dimensions, issued by Office of Chief Engineer of Track, Amtrak.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 013513.23

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR RAILROAD FACILITIES 013513.23 - 8

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 013543 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES

1.1 GENERAL

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) "General Provisions for Construction Contracts" (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.3 SUMMARY

A. Environmental protection considerations consist of, but are not limited to, the following factors:

1. Natural resources including air, water, and land. 2. Solid waste disposal. 3. Noise. 4. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control. 5. Control of toxic substances and hazardous materials. 6. The presence of chemical, physical, and biological elements and agents that adversely effect and alter ecological balances. 7. Degradation of the aesthetic use of the environment. 8. Historical, archaeological, and cultural resources.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Execution Requirements."

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit a certificate that all materials and operating equipment installed as a part of this Project, the installation thereof and all equipment used in the construction, are in compliance with all applicable local laws, ordinances, regulations and permits concerning environmental pollution control and abatement.

1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide and maintain environmental protection defined herein.

B. Comply with all Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to environmental protection.

C. Ensure compliance by subcontractors with the provisions of this and various other sections of these specifications.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 013543 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Use of equipment from which factory-installed, anti-pollution and noise control devices are removed or rendered ineffective, either intentionally or through lack of proper maintenance is prohibited.

E. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 01 Section "Environmental Procedures"

1.6 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES

A. General: It is intended that the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed be preserved in their existing condition or be restored to an equivalent of the existing condition, as approved by the Project Engineer, upon completion of the Work. Confine onsite construction activities to areas defined by the Drawings and Specifications.

B. Protection of Existing Waterways and Highways:

1. Do not dump debris or rubbish of any kind into or allow to fall into waterways, onto adjacent banks, or onto highways. Take care to prevent damage and injury to personnel, vessels, and vehicles using rivers, highways, or pedestrian ways. Provide devices and maintain as required to prevent such occurrences. Promptly remove any material or items falling into a river, onto adjacent banks, or onto highways and immediately report to the Project COTR and the jurisdictional agency. 2. Do not close streets, walks, and other passageways anticipated to be closed to public access due to construction, demolition, or other related activities until an alternative routing plan is approved.

C. Land Resources:

1. Except in areas indicated to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees, shrubs, and vegetation without special permission from the Project Engineer. Do not fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guys to any existing nearby trees for anchorage. 2. The use of herbicides is not permitted unless otherwise specified. 3. Protect existing trees and vegetation to remain and that could be injured, bruised, defaced, and otherwise damaged by construction operations. Remove rocks that are displaced into uncleared areas. 4. Protect monuments, markers, and works of art prior to the start of operations. 5. Repair and restoration:

a. All trees and other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment and operations shall be repaired and restored to their original condition.

6. Construction facilities:

a. The location of the Contractor's staging area, storage area and other construction buildings on public or privately owned property required temporarily in the

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 013543 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

performance of the Work, if not shown on the drawings require approval of the Project Engineer. Store equipment and materials at the job site in conformance with applicable local statutes, ordinances, regulations, and rulings of the proper jurisdictional authority. Do not store unnecessary materials or equipment on the jobsite and take care to prevent any structure from being loaded with a weight that will endanger its structural integrity or the safety of persons. Do not store materials on or encroach upon private property without the written consent of the owners of such private property.

D. Water Resources:

1. Do not permit stream crossings by fording with equipment. Remove temporary culverts or bridge structures upon completion of the project and repair the area in conformance with its original condition and as specified herein. 2. At all times, take measures to prevent oil or other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas, and local bodies of water. 3. Protection of Existing Wetlands and Watercourses:

a. Plan, schedule, and undertake work in a manner that will ensure the protection and preservation of existing wetlands and watercourses. b. Undertake work in and around wetlands and water courses in a manner to prevent any impact upon health, safety, and welfare.

4. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

E. Flood Plain Management:

1. Design and undertake work that may involve floodplains in full compliance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4001 et seq.) and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (P.L. 93-234, 87 Stat. 975). Executive Order 11988 (Floodplain Management) to be accommodated in all pertinent work through compliance with the DOT implementation plan as defined in FR 27148 (June 22, 1978).

F. Fish and Wildlife Resources:

1. Do not alter water flows or otherwise disturb native habitat near or adjacent to the project construction area.

G. Staging Areas:

1. Do not use in connection with this Contract, for storage, as a staging area, or as a preparation site, any cultural resource facility, building, site, or cleared area that is, as of the date of this Contract, on or eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places (16 U.S.C., paragraph 470a), without the prior approval of the Project Engineer. 2. For the purpose of the preceding paragraph the term "cultural resource" includes districts, sites, building, structures, and objects significant in American history, architecture, archaeology, or culture.

H. Historical and Scientific Specimens:

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 013543 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. If during the course of work, artifacts or other evidence of archaeologic, historic, or scientific value are discovered or accidentally exposed, report such artifacts or evidence immediately to the Project Engineer. Halt work in the immediate area and protect the artifacts or other evidence from damage, including that resulting from the elements, vandalism, and the effects of excavation, demolition, removal, and construction operations until such time as qualified officials are able to conduct appropriate investigations. Do not proceed with work in the immediate area until authorization to proceed is obtained from the Project Engineer. Deliver any such evidence or artifacts found during construction operations or subsequent investigations required by this section into the custody of the Owner. They do not become the property of the Contractor. Any delay in the progress of the work as a result of encountering archaeologic or historic artifacts on the project is to be mitigated by the Contractor.

1.7 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

A. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

1.8 TOXIC SUBSTANCES

A. Asbestos and Hazardous Materials Procedure: In the event the Contractor, during the course of the work on the project, encounters the presence of asbestos or any materials containing asbestos, or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB's) or any other hazardous materials as recognized by local Authorities having jurisdiction, promptly notify the Owner through the Project Engineer. Do not perform any work pertinent to the asbestos or hazardous material prior to receipt of special instructions from the Owner through the Project Engineer. Any delay in the progress of the work as a result of encountering either asbestos or hazardous materials on the project will be mitigated by the Project Engineer. Within 24 hours of this notification to the Owner through the Project COTR of the encountering of the presence of asbestos or hazardous materials, the Contractor will meet with the Project COTR to replan and work around the affected area. The Project COTR will provide the special instructions without delay and upon confirmation by the local Authorities of the actions taken, authorize work to progress.

1.9 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL, TRASH AND DEBRIS

A. See Division 1 Section “Execution Requirements.”

B. Dispose of excess excavated material that is approved by the Project COTR as clean fill onsite if an onsite soil disposal area is approved by the Project Engineer. If no such site is approved, dispose of the material in accordance with the provision of paragraph 1.5 (C). Small amounts of material generated by excavation for fencing may be exempted from this provision. In all cases the provisions of Paragraph 1.3 apply to the onsite disposal of excavated material.

C. Pick-up trash and place in containers. Empty containers on a regular schedule. Conduct handling and disposal to prevent contamination of the site and other areas. Do not dispose of in

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 013543 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

areas of natural vegetation and do not burn on the Right-of-Way (ROW). On completion, leave the area clean and natural looking.

D. Dispose of rubbish and debris as follows:

1. Transport all waste off the site and dispose of it in a manner that complies with State, and local requirements. Approval of the disposal site is required by the Project Engineer. Secure a permit or license prior to transporting any material off the site. Do not burn or bury waste materials on the site.

E. Waste Materials: No waste or erosion materials shall be allowed to enter natural or manmade water courses. Erosion materials from excavations and borrow areas shall be contained within the affected work area. The Contractor shall develop methods for controlling waste and erosion.

F. Burning: No burning of waste will be allowed.

1.10 CONTROL AND DISPOSAL OF CHEMICAL AND SANITARY WASTES

A. See Division 1 Section “Execution Requirements.”

B. Dispose of sewage through connection to municipal sanitary sewage systems. Where such systems are not available, use chemical toilets or comparably effective units with wastes periodically emptied. Include provisions for pest control and for masking or elimination of odors.

1. Maintaining Sewers and Drains: The Contractor shall provide for and maintain the flow in all sewers, drains, house or inlet connections, and all water courses that may be encountered during progress of the work, at no cost to the Owner. Unless otherwise directed, the Contractor shall not allow the contents of any sewer, drain, house, or inlet connection to flow into trenches. The Contractor shall immediately remove from the proximity of the work all offensive matter, using such means as may be required at no cost to the Owner.

C. Store chemical waste in corrosion-resistant containers, remove from the project site, and dispose of as necessary, but not less frequently than monthly. Provide for disposal of chemical waste in accordance with standard established practices as approved by the Project Engineer. Conduct fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles onsite in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Dispose of lubricants to be discarded, including burned oil, in accordance with approved procedures meeting state, and local regulations. For oil and hazardous material spills that may be large enough to violate state, and local regulations, notify immediately the Project Engineer.

1.11 DUST CONTROL

A. Keep dust down at all times including nonworking hours, weekends, and holidays. Treat soil at the site, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by the Contractor's operations and materials stockpiled for the project with dust suppressers or cover to control dust. Dry power brooming will not be permitted. Use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet power brooming

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 013543 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

instead. Air blowing permitted only for cleaning off nonparticle debris, such as that from reinforcing bars. Sandblasting permitted only as specified. Only wet cutting of concrete block, concrete, and asphalt will be permitted.

B. Inspect all vehicles for dirt prior to their leaving the construction site. Remove dirt, soil, and rubble likely to be dislodged from the vehicles tires during transit from the trucks.

C. Material Transport: Trucks leaving the site and entering paved public streets shall be cleaned of mud and dirt clinging to the vehicle body and wheels. Trucks arriving at and leaving the site with materials shall be covered to prevent the dropping of materials or debris on streets. The Contractor shall maintain a suitable vehicle-cleaning and inspection facility with a permanent crew for this purpose. Spills of materials in public areas shall be removed immediately at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. Secure and cover transport equipment and loose materials in transit to ensure that materials do not become airborne during transit.

1.12 CONSTRUCTION NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL

A. Noise Control: The Contractor shall take every action possible to minimize the noise caused by its operation. Conduct all operations in compliance with the latest requirements of New York City Noise Control Code for maximum noise levels due to construction work. Noise producing work shall be performed in less sensitive hours of the day or week as directed by Project COTR or local ordinance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 013543 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by COTR, Owner or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by COTR.

C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of three previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to A/E for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to A/E for a decision before proceeding.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: For mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mockup construction.

1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components. 2. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities.

B. Qualification Data : For Contractor's quality-control personnel.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

D. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN

A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed. Submit in format acceptable to COTR. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule.

B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.

1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.

C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.

D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following:

1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections." 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups.

F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work COTR has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to COTR, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

1.10 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."

D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with COTR and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify COTR and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality- control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses.

1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, A/E testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to COTR. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for COTR's reference during normal working hours.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 9 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey COTR’s or A/E's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to COTR’s or A/E's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by COTR. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if

REFERENCES 014200 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States."

B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.

C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov. 9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.

REFERENCES 014200 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.

D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.

a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.

6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

REFERENCES 014200 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

END OF SECTION 014200

REFERENCES 014200 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Related Requirements: 1. See Division 01 Section “SUMMARY” for additional access and use of site information. 2. See Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS” for additional use of site information. 3. See Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS” for additional access and use of site information.

1.3 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to owner’s representative, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations.

C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations.

D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program.

C. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage.

1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

B. The Contractor shall perform in-river construction from barges and/or from work platforms installed on the west side pivot pier fender. Any other method of in-water construction access must be submitted to the State of New York Department of Environmental Conservation for review and approval.

C. See Division 01 Section “SUMMARY” for additional access and use of site information.

D. See Division 01 Section “WORK RESTRICTIONS” for additional use of site information.

E. See Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS” for additional access and use of site information.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. NOT USED

2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.

B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, A/E, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:

1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot square tack and marker boards. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Coffee machine and supplies. 5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F. 6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height.

C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

1. Store combustible materials apart from building.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.

C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction.

D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling if required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

F. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas.

G. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

H. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.

I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.

J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office.

1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. COTR's office. f. Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office.

K. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by A/E and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following:

1. Processor: Intel Pentium D or Intel CoreDuo, 3.0 GHz processing speed. 2. Memory: 4 gigabyte. 3. Disk Storage: 300 gigabyte hard-disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW drive. 4. Display: LCD monitor. 5. Full-size keyboard and mouse. 6. Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet. 7. Operating System: Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Microsoft Windows Vista Business. 8. Productivity Software:

a. Microsoft Office Professional, XP or higher, including Word, Excel, and Outlook. b. Adobe Reader 7.0 or higher. c. WinZip 7.0 or higher.

9. Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing, photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of these three functions. 10. Internet Service: Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with hardware firewall, providing minimum 384 Kbps upload and 1 Mbps download speeds at each computer. 11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware, phishing, and spam protection in a combined application. 12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 40 gigabyte, with automated backup software providing daily backups.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Maintain support facilities until COTR schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations.

1. Maintain the Spuyten Duyvil maintenance access road in Manhattan. Restore the road to good condition at the end of construction. 2. Repair deteriorated areas after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Delay installation of final course of dense graded aggregate surface at repaired areas until immediately before Substantial Completion.

C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

D. Parking: Only limited parking areas for construction personnel exist along the right-of-way. Provide means for transporting workers to and from the site.

E. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs if indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.

a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.

F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution."

G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

H. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.

1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.

I. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

C. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures.

D. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 015000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 2. Section 014200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. A/E's Action: If necessary, A/E will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. A/E will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if A/E does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," A/E will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated.

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match A/E's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches A/E's sample. A/E's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by A/E from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

requirements. A/E will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: A/E will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, A/E may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of A/Es and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 013543 "Environmental Procedures" 4. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 5. Section 020500 "Demolition and Removals" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the bridge.

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work.

EXECUTION 017300 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor and professional engineer.

B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor or professional engineer, as applicable, certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

C. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor or professional engineer, as applicable.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify COTR of locations and details of cutting and await directions from COTR before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in COTR's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

EXECUTION 017300 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to COTR for the visual and functional performance of in- place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground and subaqueous electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

EXECUTION 017300 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to COTR according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify COTR promptly.

B. General: Engage a land surveyor and/or professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify COTR when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for track and bridge, including those required for mechanical and electrical work.

D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by COTR.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.

B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.

1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of COTR. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to COTR before proceeding.

EXECUTION 017300 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by COTR. 2. Allow for bridge movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

EXECUTION 017300 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. See also Section 020500, Demolition and Removals.

B. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

C. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

D. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

E. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

F. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 011000 "Summary."

G. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.

H. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

EXECUTION 017300 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

I. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

J. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS

A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.

B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel.

1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.

3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

EXECUTION 017300 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Conform to other section of these specifications including but not limited to the following:

1. Section 013543 “Environmental Procedures”. 2. Section 017419 “Construction waste Management and Disposal”.

C. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

D. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

E. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

F. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

G. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

H. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

I. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements."

B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

EXECUTION 017300 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 017300

EXECUTION 017300 - 9 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017300 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 4. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.

B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.

1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner signature for receipt of submittals.

5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 6. Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted. 7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." 6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Owner, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Requirements in General and Supplemental Procedures. 2. List of Incomplete Items: Submit copy of Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Owner representative. Copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of A/E. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:

a. MS Excel electronic file. Owner will return annotated file.

1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES

A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. n. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection.

o. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. p. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK

A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

END OF SECTION 017700

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 017823.01 – MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Provide updated and revised Operating Manuals and Maintenance Manuals. This work will include acquiring, coordinating, assembling, organizing and editing all existing information required for inclusion in the manuals. As part of this item, the Contractor shall also provide training for bridge operating and maintenance personnel. 2. Coordinate this work with all bridge field and acceptance testing. 3. Make all manufacturers, sub-contractors, etc. fully aware of the materials, data and information required of them for submission with and inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals prior to the start of all work. 4. Coordinate with the followings items. a. Center Pivot Bearing b. Bogies and Track c. Wedge Machinery d. Operating Machinery e. Electrical Work

B. Related Requirements:

1. Division 01 Section "SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Division 01 Section "CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 3. Division 01 Section "GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823.01 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

C. Component: A specific part or piece of equipment.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.

1. A/E will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.

B. Draft Format: Submit draft operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to COTR.

a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.

C. Final Format: Submit draft operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to COTR.

a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory.

2. Two paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory.

D. Initial Draft Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. A/E will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.

E. Final Draft Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. A/E will return copy with comments.

1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with A/E’s comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of A/E’s comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823.01 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Maintenance Manuals shall contain descriptive material, catalog cuts with non-pertinent data blocked out, as-built drawings, spare parts list, troubleshooting techniques and any and all information necessary for successful maintenance of the bridge functional systems and each piece of equipment furnished by the Contractor as well as existing catalog data from the existing systems. Bridge functional systems shall be understood to include all center pivot bearing, bogies & track, operating machinery, end wedge machinery, electrical service equipment, electrical and control systems, and all other equipment for which periodic maintenance and operation is desirable. Subsequent to the break-in period, errata or addenda to the manuals should address any revisions required.

B. Operations Manuals shall contain written descriptions of the functional systems of the movable bridge, step-by-step operating instructions for each of these systems and any and all information and directions required for their successful operation. Subsequent to the break-in period, errata or addenda to the manuals should address any revisions required.

C. All printed matter, data, drawings, diagrams, etc., shall be accurate, distinct and clearly and easily legible. Illustrations shall be clear; and printed matter, including dimensions and lettering on drawings, shall be legible. If reduced drawings are incorporated to manuals, the original lines and letters shall be darkened as necessary to retain their legibility after reduction. Larger drawings may be folded into manuals to page size.

2.2 PRODUCTS

A. All printed matter, data, drawings, diagrams, etc., shall be produced by methods so as to result in permanence and durability, including paper that is water resistant. No materials shall be used which will adversely affect this permanence and durability.

B. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be bound in heavy-duty nickel-plated three-hole binders with three trigger positions: lock, unlock and open. Binder shall have metal hinges. Locking mechanism shall allow sheets to lie flat (i.e. channel lock). Covers shall be stiff heavy- duty plastic or other approved material.

C. The printed material shall be bound into each manual between rigid covers. The manuals shall be approximately 9 inches by 12 inches to contain the drawings without excessive folding so that they may be easily opened. The books shall be neatly entitled with a descriptive title, the name of the project, the location, year of installation, the name of the manufacturer, the engineering firm and the Contractor. Copies of drawings shall be in black on white background and shall be legible. The arrangements of the books, the method of binding, material to be included, and the text shall all be submitted to and approved by the Construction Manager.

D. Paper used in these manuals shall be 20-pound, punched paper, water resistant, and acid free of a quality suitable for archival use. Paper shall have 5/16-inch minimum diameter holes, reinforced with plastic or cloth at the standard three (3)-hole spacing. The paper shall be standard 8½”x11”, or, in the case of larger foldout diagrams and illustrations, folded to approximately 8½”x11” size. No paper or other material shall extend beyond the manual covers.

MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823.01 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

E. In addition, the approved manuals shall be scanned into pdf files, which will then be placed on a CD and handed over to Amtrak after final acceptance testing. Provide electronic scans in Ado- be® PDF format. All text and drawings shall be scanned in color at a minimum of 300 x 300 DPI. Documents that are originally in an electronic format can be directly imported into the PDF files for the manuals.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL CONTENTS

A. The following are suggested tables of contents for each of the manuals. They are not intended to be complete tables of contents and the Contractor shall include all information which may be helpful in maintaining the bridge functional systems, in the case of the Maintenance Manual, or in operating the bridge functional systems, in the case of the Operating Manual. The tables of contents are given here are in general terms and include information and material on items provided under mechanical and electrical pay items. This is done intentionally to call attention to the need for coordination between the Contractor and all mechanical and electrical subcontractors in the preparation of these manuals.

B. The Contractor shall develop a complete operational and maintenance manual by combining the existing manuals and documentation available on-site with new product and system information. Where specific documentation does not exist or is insufficient the Contractor shall add general information where appropriate. At a minimum maintenance instructions, operating procedures and warnings shall be provided for existing equipment.

C. Maintenance Manual – Suggested Table of Contents:

1. Description of all bridge functional systems and sub-systems 2. Layout of all bridge functional systems and sub-systems 3. Listing of any warnings, cautions, or safety issues or procedures that must be followed as a part of any maintenance work, either specific or general. 4. Listings of all parts suppliers’ local representatives, including suppliers’ and representatives’ names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers, and websites, if any. The names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers, and websites of the Contractor, all subcontractors installing any of the bridge functional systems or subsystems, and the COTR shall also be provided. 5. Listing of all spare parts and components provided by the Contractor 6. Preventative maintenance procedures, including the frequency at which the various procedures should be done. 7. Lubrication schedule, charts and diagrams 8. Maintenance testing and procedure equipment lists 9. Troubleshooting procedures and checklists 10. Repair procedures and repair procedure equipment lists, including suggested procedures for installation and removal of machinery, electrical and control items. 11. Description of the proper theoretical approach to installing and aligning machinery and installing and testing electrical and control systems. 12. As-Built Shop Drawings 13. Conduit and electrical equipment layout and installation drawings, including mounting details

MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823.01 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

14. Updated motor control panels layouts and wiring diagrams 15. Updated Schematic-wiring diagrams 16. Certified Drawings 17. Manufacturers’ brochures, literature and composite schedule of apparatus, including any suggested installation, alignment, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair procedures. 18. Any and all other material or information which in the opinion of the COTR may be desirable to include in order to assist in maintaining the bridge functional systems and sub-system.

D. Operating Manual – Suggested Table of Contents:

1. Description of all bridge functional systems and sub-systems. 2. Description of functional relationships between bridge functional systems and subsystems. 3. Listing of any warnings, cautions, or safety issues or procedures that must be followed as a part of any bridge functional system or sub-system operation, either specific or general. 4. Theory of operation, detailed operating instructions, which shall cover in full the step-by- step sequence of normal operation of the movable bridge functional systems, all precautions required for the correct and safe operation of all bridge functional systems, adjustment instructions, and operational limits and restrictions. 5. A similar description for the use of the bypass switches, noting all precautions for their correct and safe operation. 6. Description of control, which shall describe in full the functions of all protective devices, limit switches, contactors, relays, and all other equipment used in all bridge functional systems, in connection with each step in the operating sequence. Wire and apparatus numbers appearing on the wiring diagrams shall be used in this description for identifying the various devices and circuits. 7. Block diagrams illustrating the sequencing and operation of and functional relationships between all bridge functional systems and sub-systems. 8. Any and all other material or information which in the opinion of the COTR may be desirable to include in order to assist in the operation the bridge functional systems and sub-systems.

E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.

1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project obsolete drawings as part of operation and maintenance manuals. Furnish new and updated documents and drawings where required.

MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823.01 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 017839 "Project Record Documents."

3.2 SUBMITTAL

A. Two copies of sample formats and outlines of contents in draft form 90 days prior to the earliest of final inspection, acceptance tests, or return of span operation to Amtrak showing proposed methods of binding, methods of printing and reproduction.

B. Two copies of complete manuals in final form 30 days prior to the earliest of final inspection, acceptance tests or return of span operation to Amtrak.

C. Seven (7) copies of approved manuals ten days after final inspection and acceptance tests. One of the seven copies shall become the property of the Construction Manager; the remaining copies shall become the property of Amtrak.

3.3 TRAINING

A. After submission of copies of the manuals in their final form and prior to the return of span operation to Amtrak, the Contractor shall provide instruction and training for Amtrack’s Opera- tions and Maintenance Personnel for a period of 10 days.

B. The instructors shall be skilled persons competent to operate the bridge and be completely familiar with the operating equipment of the bridge. They shall be able to make any adjustments required to the electrical and mechanical equipment.

C. During the training period, the instructor(s) shall be in attendance at the bridge for the normal working period.

D. Included in the 10-day training and instruction period, there shall be an on-site training of Amtrak electricians, maintenance workers, and other personnel as indicated by Amtrak on sub- jects such as troubleshooting, repair of electronic motor controls, maintenance and adjustment of all electrical equipment and hardware, and other items required for full bridge operation and maintenance. One 8-hour session shall be devoted to hardware and maintenance related topics. Instruction pertaining to hardware and maintenance shall be offered on two separate occasions to allow bridge personnel to coordinate the course with their normal activities. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary instruction sheets, student training aids, books, paper, and booklets to supplement training. The Contractor shall submit to Amtrak, a minimum of 2 weeks prior to training session, an outline of topics to be covered and training material for review. It shall also be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate with Amtrak the location where training sessions will be held. Supplying of visual aid equipment and other miscellaneous items required for training shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

3.4 BRIDGE OPERATION DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. During the construction period, from the time the Contract is awarded until acceptance of the bridge by Amtrak the Contractor shall train Amtrak personnel as required to operate the new and existing bridge as described herein.

MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823.01 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Amtrak will operate the existing system during construction of the new bridge. At any point where the procedure for operating the existing bridge is changed or modified due to temporary operating schemes or removal of existing equipment the Contractor shall train Amtrak personnel on the new procedures.

C. At any point if the bridge is taken out of rail service, the Contractor will be responsible for its operation or to maintain it in position to not obstruct navigation. Training for Amtrak personnel shall be as described herein.

D. Upon completion of training, each of the Operators will be required to demonstrate safe operation of the swing span, in the presence of the Construction Manager, prior to being assigned to duty as a Bridge Operator.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF PAYMENT

A. This work will not be measured for payment. This work shall be at the Contract lump sum price for the completion of all work specified.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. This work will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for the “Technical Manuals” which price shall include all materials, equipment and labor incidental to the completion of this item. The lump sum price shall include, but limited to, the cost of acquiring, coordinating, assembling, organizing and editing all information required from the bridge machinery and electrical items for inclusion in the manuals; materials for manuals; and training for bridge operating and maintenance personnel.

4.3 PAY ITEM

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

017823.01 TECHNICAL MANUALS LUMP SUM

END OF SECTION 017823

MOVABLE BRIDGE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823.01 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:

a. Initial Submittal:

1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file prints. 2) A/E will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable.

b. Final Submittal:

1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and three set(s) of prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.

D. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following A/E's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with COTR. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:

1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to COTR for resolution. 4. A/E will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information.

a. See Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for requirements related to use of A/E's digital data files. b. A/E will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.

C. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing record Drawings where A/E determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show actual installation.

1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 2. Consult A/E for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared record Drawings into record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting.

D. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

d. Name of A/E. e. Name of Contractor.

2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable.

B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file.

2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.

B. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file.

1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file.

1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for COTR’s reference during normal working hours.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 017839

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Demonstration and training video recordings.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017823.01 “Movable Bridge Operation and Maintenance Manuals” for specific operations and maintenance documentation requirements related to bridge machinery and electrical systems.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.

B. Qualification Data: For facilitator and instructor.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Submit report of training sessions.

1. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. 2. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content.

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by COTR.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.

1. Section 150000 “Bridge Machinery in General” for specific operations and maintenance documentation requirements related to bridge machinery. 2. Section 160000 “Electrical Work” for specific operations and maintenance documentation requirements related to bridge electrical systems and components.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."

B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with COTR with at least seven days' advance notice.

D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals.

E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 019113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

B. Owner's Project Requirements and Basis-of-Design documentation are included by reference for information only.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. General requirements for coordinating and scheduling commissioning. 2. Commissioning meetings. 3. Commissioning reports. 4. Use of test equipment, instrumentation, and tools for commissioning. 5. Construction checklists, including, but not limited to, installation checks, startup, performance tests, and performance test demonstration. 6. Commissioning tests and commissioning test demonstration. 7. Adjusting, verifying, and documenting identified systems and assemblies.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal procedures requirements for commissioning. 2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion submittal requirements. 3. Section 017823.01 “Movable Bridge Operation and Maintenance Manuals” for specific operations and maintenance documentation requirements related to bridge machinery and electrical systems. 4. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel.

1.3 CORRECTION WORK

A. The following shall be included in the work:

1. Work to correct commissioning issues. 2. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Acceptance Criteria: Threshold of acceptable work quality or performance specified for a commissioning activity, including, but not limited to, construction checklists, performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests and commissioning test demonstrations.

B. Basis-of-Design Document: A document prepared by Owner, A/E, or Commissioning Authority that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to comply with Owner's Project Requirements and to suit applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines.

C. Commissioning: A quality-focused process for verifying and documenting that the facility and all of its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, and tested to comply with Owner's Project Requirements. The requirements specified here are limited to the construction phase commissioning activities.

D. Construction Phase Commissioning Completion: The stage of completion and acceptance of commissioning when resolution of deficient conditions and issues discovered during commissioning and retesting until acceptable results are obtained has been accomplished. Owner will establish in writing the date Construction Phase Commissioning Completion is achieved. See Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion submittal requirements.

1. Commissioning is complete when the work specified in this Section and related Sections has been completed and accepted, including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Completion of tests and acceptance of test results. b. Resolution of issues, as verified by retests performed and documented with acceptance of retest results. c. Comply with requirements in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." d. Completion and acceptance of submittals and reports.

E. Owner's Project Requirements: A document written by Owner, A/E, or Commissioning Authority that details the functional requirements of a project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated, including Project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting information.

F. Owner's Witness: Commissioning Authority, Owner's Project Manager, or COTR-designated witness authorized to authenticate test demonstration data and to sign completed test data forms.

G. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components.

H. Test: Performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and commissioning test demonstrations.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.5 COMPENSATION

A. Should A/E, Commissioning Authority, other Owner's witness, or Owner's staff perform additional services or incur additional expenses due to actions of Contractor listed below, compensate Owner for such additional services and expenses at cost.

1. Failure to provide timely notice of commissioning activities schedule changes. 2. Failure to meet acceptance criteria for test demonstrations.

1.6 COMMISSIONING TEAM

A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s):

1. Commissioning Coordinator: A person or entity employed by Contractor to manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning. a. Project Coordinator, Movable Bridge may serve in this role. 2. Project superintendent and other employees that Contractor may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning. 3. Subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists that Contractor may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning. 4. Appointed team members shall have the authority to act on behalf of the entity they represent.

B. Members Appointed by Owner:

1. Owner representative(s), facility operations and maintenance personnel, plus other employees, separate contractors, and consultants that Owner may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning. 2. A/E, plus employees and consultants that A/E may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning.

1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal procedures general requirements for commissioning.

B. Commissioning Plan Information:

1. List of Contractor-appointed commissioning team members to include specific personnel and subcontractors to the performance of the various commissioning requirements. 2. Schedule of commissioning activities, integrated with the construction schedule. Comply with requirements in Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for construction schedule general requirements for commissioning. 3. Contractor personnel and subcontractors to participate in each test. 4. List of instrumentation required for each test to include identification of parties that will provide instrumentation for each test.

C. Commissioning schedule.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Two-week look-ahead schedules.

E. Commissioning Coordinator Letter of Authority:

1. Within 10 days after approval of Commissioning Coordinator qualifications, submit a letter of authority for Commissioning Coordinator, signed by a principal of Contractor's firm. Letter shall authorize Commissioning Coordinator to do the following:

a. Make inspections required for commissioning. b. Coordinate, schedule, and manage commissioning of Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers. c. Obtain documentation required for commissioning from Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers. d. Report issues, delayed resolution of issues, schedule conflicts, and lack of cooperation or expertise on the part of members of the commissioning team.

F. Commissioning Coordinator Qualification Data: For entity coordinating Contractor's commissioning activities to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.

G. List test instrumentation, equipment, and monitoring devices. Include the following information:

1. Make, model, serial number, and application for each instrument, equipment, and monitoring device. 2. Brief description of intended use. 3. Calibration record showing the following:

a. Calibration agency, including name and contact information. b. Last date of calibration. c. Range of values for which calibration is valid. d. Certification of accuracy. e. N.I.S.T. traceability certification for calibration equipment. f. Due date of the next calibration.

H. Test Reports:

1. Pre-Startup Report: Prior to start up of equipment or a system, submit signed, completed construction checklists. 2. Test Data Reports: At the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit test data for tests performed. 3. Commissioning Issues Reports: Daily, at the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit commissioning issue reports for tests for which acceptable results were not achieved. 4. Weekly Progress Report: Weekly, at the end of each week in which tests are conducted, submit a progress report. 5. Data Trend Logs: Submit data trend logs at the end of the trend log period. 6. System Alarm Logs: Daily, at the start of days following a day in which tests were performed, submit print-out of log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed.

I. Construction Checklists:

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Material checks. 2. Installation checks. 3. Startup procedures, where required.

1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Commissioning Report:

1. At Construction Phase Commissioning Completion, include the following:

a. Pre-startup reports. b. Approved test procedures c. Test data forms, completed and signed. d. Progress reports. e. Commissioning issues report log. f. Commissioning issues reports showing resolution of issues. g. Correspondence or other documents related to resolution of issues. h. Other reports required by commissioning. i. List unresolved issues and reasons they remain unresolved and should be exempted from the requirements for Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. j. Report shall include commissioning work of Contractor.

B. Request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Commissioning Coordinator Qualifications:

1. Documented experience commissioning systems of similar complexity to those contained in these documents on at least three projects of similar scope and complexity. 2. Certification of commissioning process expertise. The following certifications are acceptable. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject certifications as evidence of qualification.

a. Certified Commissioning Professional, by Building Commissioning Association. b. Commissioning Process Management Professional, by American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. c. Accredited Commissioning Process Authority Professional, by University of Wisconsin. d. Accredited Commissioning Process Manager, by University of Wisconsin. e. Accredited Green Commissioning Process Provider, by University of Wisconsin.

B. Calibration Agency Qualifications: Certified by The American Association of Laboratory Accreditation that the calibration agency complies with minimum requirements of ISO/IEC 17025.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS

A. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning shall remain the property of Contractor unless otherwise indicated.

B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform commissioning shall comply with the following criteria:

1. Be manufactured for the purpose of testing and measuring tests for which they are being used and have an accuracy to test and measure system performance within the tolerances required to determine acceptable performance. 2. Calibrated and certified.

a. Calibration performed and documented by a qualified calibration agency according to national standards applicable to the tools and instrumentation being calibrated. Calibration shall be current according to national standards or within test equipment and instrumentation manufacturer's recommended intervals, whichever is more frequent, but not less than within six months of initial use on Project. Calibration tags permanently affixed. b. Repair and recalibrate test equipment and instrumentation if dismantled, dropped, or damaged since last calibrated.

3. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation. 4. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring Work for which they are designed.

2.2 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS

A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate or perform work on its equipment.

1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test equipment identification list submittal. 2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of Owner at Substantial Completion.

2.3 REPORT FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION

A. General Format and Organization: 1. Record report on compact disk. 2. Electronic Data: Portable document format (PDF); a single file with outline-organized bookmarks for major and minor tabs and tab contents itemized for specific reports.

B. Commissioning Report:

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Include a table of contents and an index to each test. 2. Include major tabs for each Specification Section. 3. Include minor tabs for each test. 4. Within each minor tab, include the following:

a. Test specification. b. Pre-startup reports. c. Approved test procedures. d. Test data forms, completed and signed. e. Commissioning issue reports, showing resolution of issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues pertaining to a single test. Group data forms, commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues for each test repetition together within the minor tab, in reverse chronological order (most recent on top).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Review preliminary construction checklists and preliminary test procedures and data forms.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS

A. Construction checklists cannot modify or conflict with the Contract Documents.

B. Create construction checklists based on actual systems and equipment to be included in Project.

C. Material Checks: Compare specified characteristics and approved submittals with materials as received. Include factory tests and other evaluations, adjustments, and tests performed prior to shipment, if applicable.

1. Services connection requirements, including configuration, size, location, and other pertinent characteristics. 2. Included optional features. 3. Delivery Receipt Check: Inspect and record physical condition of materials and equipment on delivery to Project site, including agreement with approved submittals, cleanliness and lack of damage. 4. Installation Checks:

a. Location according to Drawings and approved Shop Drawings. b. Configuration. c. Compliance with manufacturers' written installation instructions. d. Attachment to structure. e. Access clearance to allow for maintenance, service, repair, removal, and replacement without the need to disassemble or remove other equipment or building elements. Access coordinated with other building elements and equipment, including, but not limited to, ceiling and wall access panels, in a manner consistent with OSHA fall-protection regulations and safe work practices.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

f. Utility connections are of the correct characteristics, as applicable. g. Correct labeling and identification. h. Startup Checks: Verify readiness of equipment to be energized. Include manufacturer's standard startup procedures and forms.

D. Startup: Perform and document initial operation of equipment to prove that it is installed properly and operates as intended according to manufacturer's standard startup procedures, minimum.

E. Performance Tests:

1. Static Tests: As specified elsewhere, including, but not limited to, duct and pipe leakage tests, insulation-resistance tests, and water-penetration tests. 2. Component Performance Tests: Tests evaluate the performance of an input or output of components under a full range of operating conditions. 3. Equipment and Assembly Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of equipment and assemblies under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 4. System Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 5. Intersystem Performance Tests: Test and evaluate the interface of different systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads.

F. Deferred Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed deferral of construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. When approved, deferred construction checklists may be completed after date of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion:

1. Identify deferred construction checklists by number and title. 2. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred construction checklists. 3. Written approval of proposed deferred construction checklists, including approved schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist.

G. Delayed Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. When approved, delayed construction checklists may be completed after date of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion:

1. Identify delayed construction checklist by construction checklist number and title. 2. Provide a target schedule for completion of delayed construction checklists. 3. Written approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including approved schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist.

3.3 GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Schedule and coordinate commissioning with the construction schedule.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Perform activities identified in construction checklists, including tests, and document results of actions as construction proceeds.

C. Perform test demonstrations for Owner's witness. Unless otherwise indicated, demonstrate tests for 100 percent of work to which the test applies. In some instances, demonstration of a random sample of other than 100 percent of the results of a test is specified.

D. Report test data and commissioning issue resolutions.

E. Schedule personnel to participate in and perform Commissioning-Process Work.

F. Installing contractors' commissioning responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Operating the equipment and systems they install during tests. 2. In addition, installing contractors may be required to assist in tests of equipment and systems with which their work interfaces.

3.4 COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Management and Coordination: Manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Coordinate with subcontractors on their commissioning responsibilities and activities. 2. Obtain, assemble, and submit commissioning documentation. 3. Comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." 4. Develop and maintain the commissioning schedule. Integrate commissioning schedule into the construction schedule. Update schedule at specified intervals. 5. Review and comment on preliminary test procedures and data forms. 6. Report inconsistencies and issues in system operations. 7. Verify that tests have been completed and results comply with acceptance criteria, and that equipment and systems are ready before scheduling test demonstrations. 8. Direct and coordinate test demonstrations. 9. Coordinate witnessing of test demonstrations by Owner's witness. 10. Coordinate and manage training. Be present during training sessions to direct video recording, present training and direct the training presentations of others. Comply with requirements in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." 11. Prepare and submit specified commissioning reports. 12. Track commissioning issues until resolution and retesting is successfully completed. 13. Retain original records of Commissioning-Process Work, organized as required for the commissioning report. Provide Owner's representative access to these records on request. 14. Assemble and submit commissioning report.

3.5 COMMISSIONING TESTING

A. Quality Control: Construction checklists, including tests, are quality-control tools designed to improve the functional quality of Project. Test demonstrations evaluate the effectiveness of Contractor's quality-control process.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 9 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Owner's witness will be present to witness commissioning work requiring the signature of an owner's witness, including, but not limited to, test demonstrations. Owner's project manager will coordinate attendance by Owner's witness with Contractor's published commissioning schedule. Owner's witness will provide no labor or materials in the commissioning work. The only function of Owner's witness will be to observe and comment on the progress and results of commissioning.

C. Construction Checklists:

1. Complete construction checklists as Work is completed. 2. Distribute construction checklists to installing contractors before they start work. 3. Installers:

a. Verify installation using approved construction checklists as Work proceeds. b. Complete and sign construction checklists weekly for work performed during the preceding week.

D. Installation Compliance Issues: Record as an installation compliance issue Work found to be incomplete, inaccessible, at variance with the Contract Documents, nonfunctional, or that does not comply with construction checklists. Record installation compliance issues on the construction checklist at the time they are identified. Record corrective action and how future Work should be modified before signing off the construction checklist.

E. Pre-Startup Audit: Prior to executing startup procedures, review completed installation checks to determine readiness for startup and operation. Report conditions, which, if left uncorrected, adversely impact the ability of systems or equipment to operate satisfactorily or to comply with acceptance criteria. Prepare pre-startup report for each system.

F. Test Procedures and Test Data Forms:

1. Test procedures shall define the step-by-step procedures to be used to execute tests and test demonstrations. 2. Test procedures shall be specific to the make, model, and application of the equipment and systems being tested. 3. Completed test data forms are the official records of the results of tests. 4. Commissioning Authority will provide to Contractor preliminary test procedures and test data forms for performance tests and commissioning tests after approval of Product Data, Shop Drawings, and preliminary operation and maintenance manual. 5. Review preliminary test procedures and test data forms and provide comments within 14 days of receipt from Commissioning Authority. Review shall address the following:

a. Equipment protection and warranty issues, including, but not limited to, manufacturers' installation and startup recommendations, and operation and maintenance instructions. b. Applicability of the procedure to the specific software, equipment, and systems approved for installation.

6. After Contractor has reviewed and commented on the preliminary test procedures and test data forms, Commissioning Authority will revise and reissue the approved revised test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing."

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 10 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

7. Use only approved test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing" to perform and document tests and test demonstrations.

G. Performance of Tests:

1. The sampling rate for tests is 100 percent. The sampling rate for test demonstrations is 100 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order listed. 3. Record data observed during performance of tests on approved data forms at the time of test performance and when the results are observed. 4. Record test results that are not within the range of acceptable results on commissioning issue report forms in addition to recording the results on approved test procedures and data forms according to the "Commissioning Compliance Issues" Paragraph in this Article. 5. On completion of a test, sign the completed test procedure and data form. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are incomplete, not signed, or which indicate performance that does not comply with acceptance criteria will be rejected. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results resubmitted.

H. Performance of Test Demonstration:

1. Perform test demonstrations on a sample of tests after test data submittals are approved. The sampling rate for test demonstrations shall be 100 percent unless otherwise indicated in the individual test specification. 2. Notify Owner's witness at least three days in advance of each test demonstration. 3. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order listed. 4. Record data observed during performance of test demonstrations on approved data forms at the time of demonstration and when the results are observed. 5. Provide full access to Owner's witness to directly observe the performance of all aspects of system response during the test demonstration. On completion of a test demonstration, sign the completed data form and obtain signature of Owner's witness at the time of the test to authenticate the reported results. 6. Test demonstration data forms not signed by Contractor and Owner's witness at the time of the completion of the procedure will be rejected. Test demonstrations for which data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results shall be resubmitted.

a. Exception for Failure of Owner's Witness to Attend: Failure of Owner's witness to be present for agreed-on schedule of test demonstration shall not delay Contractor. If Owner's witness fails to attend a scheduled test, Contractor shall proceed with the scheduled test. On completion, Contractor shall sign the data form for Contractor and for Owner's witness, and shall note the absence of Owner's witness at the scheduled time and place.

7. False load test requirements are specified in related sections.

a. Where false load testing is specified, provide temporary equipment, power, controls, wiring, piping, valves, and other necessary equipment and connections required to apply the specified load to the system. False load system shall be capable of steady-state operation and modulation at the level of load specified. Equipment and systems permanently installed in this work shall not be used to create the false load without COTR's written approval.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 11 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

I. Deferred Tests:

1. Deferred Tests List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion, proposed deferred tests or other tests approved for deferral until specified seasonal or other conditions are available. When approved, deferred tests may be completed after the date of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. Identify proposed deferred tests in the request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion as follows:

a. Identify deferred tests by number and title. b. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred tests.

2. Schedule and coordinate deferred tests. Schedule deferred tests when specified conditions are available. Notify COTR and Commissioning Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests. 3. Where deferred tests are specified, coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of A/E, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness. Schedule deferred tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain COTR's approval of the proposed schedule.

J. Delayed Tests:

1. Delayed Tests List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion, proposed delayed tests. Obtain Owner approval of proposed delayed tests, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed test, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in the request for Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion:

a. Identify delayed tests by test number and title. b. Written approval of proposed delayed tests, including approved schedule of completion of delayed tests.

2. Schedule and coordinate delayed tests. Schedule delayed tests when conditions that caused the delay have been rectified. Notify COTR and Commissioning Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests. 3. Where delayed tests are approved, coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of A/E, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness. Schedule delayed tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain COTR's approval of the proposed schedule.

K. Commissioning Compliance Issues:

1. Test results that are not within the range of acceptable results are commissioning compliance issues. 2. Track and report commissioning compliance issues until resolution and retesting are successfully completed. 3. If a test demonstration fails, determine the cause of failure. Direct timely resolution of issue and then repeat the demonstration. If a test demonstration must be repeated due to failure caused by Contractor work or materials, reimburse Owner for billed costs for the participation in the repeated demonstration.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 12 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. Test Results: If a test demonstration fails to meet the acceptance criteria, perform the following:

a. Complete a commissioning compliance issue report form promptly on discovery of test results that do not comply with acceptance criteria. b. Submit commissioning compliance issue report form within 24 hours of the test. c. Determine the cause of the failure. d. Establish responsibility for corrective action if the failure is due to conditions found to be Contractor's responsibility.

5. Commissioning Compliance Issue Report: Provide a commissioning compliance issue report for each issue. Do not report multiple issues on the same commissioning compliance issue report.

a. Exception: If an entire class of devices is determined to exhibit the identical issue, they may be reported on a single commissioning compliance issue report. (For example, if all return-air damper actuators that are specified to fail to the open position are found to fail to the closed position, they may be reported on a single commissioning issue report. If a single commissioning issue report is used for multiple commissioning compliance issues, each device shall be identified in the report, and the total number of devices at issue shall be identified. b. Complete and submit Part 1 of the commissioning compliance issue report immediately when the condition is observed. c. Record the commissioning compliance issue report number and describe the deficient condition on the data form. d. Resolve commissioning compliance issues promptly. Complete and submit Part 2 of the commissioning compliance issue report when issues are resolved.

6. Diagnose and correct failed test demonstrations as follows:

a. Perform diagnostic tests and activities required to determine the fundamental cause of issues observed. b. Record each step of the diagnostic procedure prior to performing the procedure. Update written procedure as changes become necessary. c. Record the results of each step of the diagnostic procedure. d. Record the conclusion of the diagnostic procedure on the fundamental cause of the issue. e. Determine and record corrective measures. f. Include diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues in commissioning compliance issue report.

7. Retest:

a. Schedule and repeat the complete test procedure for each test demonstration for which acceptable results are not achieved. Obtain signature of Owner's witness on retest data forms. Repeat test demonstration until acceptable results are achieved. Except for issues that are determined to result from design errors or omissions, or other conditions beyond Contractor's responsibility, compensate Owner for direct costs incurred as the result of repeated test demonstrations to achieve acceptable results.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 13 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

b. For each repeated test demonstration, submit a new test data form, marked "Retest."

8. Do not correct commissioning compliance issues during test demonstrations.

a. Exceptions will be allowed if the cause of the issue is obvious and resolution can be completed in less than ten minutes. If corrections are made under this exception, note the deficient conditions on the test data form and issue a commissioning compliance issue report. A new test data form, marked "Retest," shall be initiated after the resolution has been completed.

3.6 SEQUENCING

A. Sequencing of Commissioning Verification Activities: For a particular material, item of equipment, assembly, or system, perform the following in the order listed unless otherwise indicated:

1. Construction Checklists:

a. Material checks. b. Installation checks. c. Start up, as appropriate. Some startup may depend on component performance. Such startup may follow component performance tests on which the startup depends. d. Performance Tests:

1) Static tests, as appropriate. 2) Component performance tests. Some component performance tests may depend on completion of startup. Such component performance tests may follow startup. 3) Equipment and assembly performance tests. 4) System performance tests. 5) Intersystem performance tests.

2. Commissioning tests.

B. Before performing commissioning tests, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction checklists.

C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests prior to performing test demonstrations. Notify COTR if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility.

D. Commence tests as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 14 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3.7 SCHEDULING

A. Commence commissioning as early in the construction period as possible.

B. Commissioning Schedule: Integrate commissioning into Contractor's construction schedule. See Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation."

1. Include detailed commissioning activities in monthly updated Contractor's construction schedule and short interval schedule submittals. 2. Schedule the start date and duration for the following commissioning activities:

a. Submittals. b. Preliminary operation and maintenance manual submittals. c. Installation checks. d. Startup, where required. e. Performance tests. f. Performance test demonstrations. g. Commissioning tests. h. Commissioning test demonstrations.

3. Schedule shall include a line item for each installation check, startup, and test activity specific to the equipment or systems involved. 4. Determine milestones and prerequisites for commissioning. Show commissioning milestones, prerequisites, and dependencies in monthly updated critical-path-method construction schedule and short interval schedule submittals.

C. Two-Week Look-Ahead Commissioning Schedule:

1. Two weeks prior to the beginning of tests, submit a detailed two-week look-ahead schedule. Thereafter, submit updated two-week look-ahead schedules weekly for the duration of commissioning. 2. Two-week look-ahead schedules shall identify the date, time, beginning location, Contractor personnel required, and anticipated duration for each startup or test activity. 3. Use two-week look-ahead schedules to notify and coordinate participation of Owner's witnesses.

D. Owner's Witness Coordination:

1. Coordinate Owner's witness participation via COTR. 2. Notify COTR of commissioning schedule changes at least two work days in advance for activities requiring the participation of Owner's witness.

3.8 COMMISSIONING REPORTS

A. Test Reports:

1. Pre-startup reports include observations of the conditions of installation, organized into the following sections:

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 15 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

a. Equipment Model Verification: Compare contract requirements, approved submittals, and provided equipment. Note inconsistencies. b. Preinstallation Physical Condition Checks: Observe physical condition of equipment prior to installation. Note conditions including, but not limited to, physical damage, corrosion, water damage, or other contamination or dirt. c. Preinstallation Component Verification Checks: Verify components supplied with the equipment, preinstalled or field installed, are correctly installed and functional. Verify external components required for proper operation of equipment correctly installed and functional. Note missing, improperly configured, improperly installed, or nonfunctional components. d. Summary of Installation Compliance Issues and Corrective Actions: Identify installation compliance issues and the corrective actions for each. Verify that issues noted have been corrected. e. Evaluation of System Readiness for Startup: For each item of equipment for each system for which startup is anticipated, document in summary form acceptable to Owner completion of equipment model verification, preinstallation physical condition checks, preinstallation component verification checks, and completion of corrective actions for installation compliance issues.

2. Test data reports include the following:

a. "As-tested" system configuration. Complete record of conditions under which the test was performed, including, but not limited to, the status of equipment, systems, and assemblies; temporary adjustments and settings; and ambient conditions. b. Data and observations, including, but not limited to, data trend logs, recorded during the tests. c. Signatures of individuals performing and witnessing tests. d. Data trend logs accumulated overnight from the previous day of testing.

3. Commissioning Compliance Issues Reports: Report as commissioning compliance issues results of tests and test demonstrations that do not comply with acceptance criteria. Report only one issue per commissioning compliance issue report. Use sequentially numbered facsimiles of commissioning compliance issue report form included in this Section, or other form approved by Owner. Distribute commissioning compliance issue reports to parties responsible for taking corrective action. Identify the following:

a. Commissioning compliance issue report number. Assign unique, sequential numbers to individual commissioning compliance issue reports when they are created, to be used for tracking. b. Action distribution list. c. Report date. d. Test number and description. e. Equipment identification and location. f. Briefly describe observations about the performance associated with failure to achieve acceptable results. Identify the cause of failure if apparent. g. Diagnostic procedure or plan to determine the cause (include in initial submittal) h. Diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues as specified below (include in resubmittal). i. Fundamental cause of unacceptable performance as determined by diagnostic tests and activities.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 16 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

j. When issues have been resolved, update and resubmit the commissioning issue report forms by completing Part 2. Identify resolution taken and the dates and initials of the persons making the entries. k. Schedule for retesting.

4. Weekly progress reports include information for tests conducted since the preceding report and the following:

a. Completed data forms. b. Equipment or system tested, including test number, system or equipment tag number and location, and notation about the apparent acceptability of results. c. Activities scheduled but not conducted per schedule. d. Commissioning compliance issue report log. e. Schedule changes for remaining Commissioning-Process Work, if any.

5. Data trend logs shall be initiated and running prior to the time scheduled for the test demonstration.

a. Trend log data format shall be multiple data series graphs. Where multiple data series are trend logged concurrently, present the data on a common horizontal time axis. Individual data series may be presented on a segmented vertical axis to avoid interference of one data series with another, and to accommodate different axis scale values. Graphs shall be sufficiently clear to interpret data within the accuracy required by the acceptance criteria. b. Attach to the data form printed trend log data collected during the test or test demonstration. c. Record, print out, and attach to the data form operator activity during the time the trend log is running. During the time the trend log is running, operator intervention not directed by the test procedure invalidates the test results.

6. System Alarm Logs: Record and print out a log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed. Evaluate alarms to determine if the previous day's work resulted in any conditions that are not considered "normal operation."

a. Conditions that are not considered "normal operation" shall be reported on a commissioning issue report attached to the alarm log. Resolve as necessary. The intent of this requirement is to discover control system points or sequences left in manual or disabled conditions, equipment left disconnected, set points left with abnormal values, or similar conditions that may have resulted from failure to fully restore systems to normal, automatic control after test completion.

3.9 CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION PHASE COMMISSIONING COMPLETION

A. When Contractor considers that construction phase commissioning, or a portion thereof which Owner agrees to accept separately, is complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owner and Commissioning Authority through COTR a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter Contractor's responsibility to compete commissioning.

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 17 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. On receipt of Contractor's list, Commissioning Authority will make an inspection to determine whether the construction phase commissioning or designated portion thereof is complete. If Commissioning Authority's inspection discloses items, whether included on Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete as defined in "Construction Phase Commissioning Completion" Paragraph in the "Definitions" Article, Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Construction Phase Completion, complete or correct such items on notification by Commissioning Authority. In such case, Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by Commissioning Authority to determine construction phase commissioning completion.

C. Contractor shall promptly correct deficient conditions and issues discovered during commissioning. Costs of correcting such deficient conditions and issues, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for A/E's and Commissioning Authority's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at Contractor's expense.

D. When construction phase commissioning or designated portion is complete, Commissioning Authority will prepare a Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning that shall establish the date of completion of construction phase commissioning. Certificate of Construction Phase Commissioning Completion shall be submitted prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 019113

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 18 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 020300 – SITE CLEARING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work specified in this section consists of removing refuse, rubbish, trash, debris, dislodged materials and cut vegetation, all within the limits of construction of this Contract. The limits of this specified work shall provide for a useable areas to accomplish the work as shown on the Contract Drawings.

B. Related Requirements

1. See Division 02 Section “DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS” for additional clearing requirements.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications:

1. Codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities, including State of New York DEC and Amtrak.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit copies of manifests from landfills or disposal site where cleared material is disposed.

B. If material cleared from the worksite will be deposited on private property, submit two copies of written releases not less than 15 days prior to the start of the work of this section. Releases shall absolve Amtrak from responsibility in connection with the depositing of material on private property and shall be signed by owners of property on which the material will be deposited.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Material to remain on site will be delineated by the COTR prior to the bid opening. Protect all items indicated to remain.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 Products are not required for this Section.

SITE CLEARING 020300 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The Contractor shall clear the site within the limits of construction of this Contract. The limits of this specified work shall provide for a useable width to accomplish the work as shown on the Contract Drawings.

B. Clear the Pivot Pier of mud and debris. Legally dispose of removed material. Note that tidal high water, periodic tidal variations and storm events raise the level of the Spuyten Duyvil waterway above the level of portions of the pivot pier. Maintain a clean work area during the period of construction.

3.2 CLEARING

A. Gather, load, and transport from the worksite, refuse, rubbish, trash, debris, cut vegetation, trimmed roots and tree branches, and dislodged material.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. Site clearing will not be measured for payment.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. Payment for Site Clearing will be at the contract lump sum price for Site Clearing complete, including all labor, material, and equipment.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. The work under this Section will be paid for under the following Pay Item:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

020300.01 SITE CLEARING Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

SITE CLEARING 020300 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 020500 - DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Work Included: The work of this Section consists of demolition, removal, disposal, and salvage of existing structures where shown on the Drawings, as specified, and as required to execute the Work of this Contract. Also included are temporary removal items, designated on the Drawings or otherwise necessary to perform construction, that shall be reinstalled at a later time during construction or after construction is completed.

B. Related Requirements

1. See Division 02 Section “SITE CLEARING” for additional clearing requirements.

1.3 JOB CONDITIONS

A. General: Inspect conditions existing at each location where work of this Section is to be performed. Take note of all conditions that will affect the execution of the work, including but not limited to existing dimensions, clearances, access, shoring and protection required, and all other pertinent factors.

B. Utilities: Investigate and determine the location and status of all utilities serving, and in vicinity of, structures to be to be demolished and removed.

C. Support and Protection: Provide and maintain all required temporary work for adequate support and protection of portions of the existing structures that are to remain.

D. Work within the river shall conform to environmental regulation and permit requirements, including scheduling of demolition and construction activities.

1.4 PERMITS

A. Procure and pay for all required permits governing demolition work.

1.5 AVAILABLE INFORMATION

A. Informational materials of the original construction and subsequent reconstruction of railroad facilities is available for review at the offices of the Railroad at:

National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) Office of Chief Engineer, Structures

DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS 020500-1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

30th Street Station 30th and Market Streets Philadelphia, PA 19104

B. Existing Bridge Paint

1. The bridge steel was clean blasted and repainted and/or newly painted during reconstruction circa 1990. It is anticipated that the existing paint system is not lead based.

C. The accuracy of the drawings cannot be guaranteed and should only be used for general information. The Contractor shall field verify the actual existing conditions, dimensions and extent of work.

1.6 SALVAGE ITEMS

A. The Contractor shall salvage existing materials as designated in this section or on the Plans.

1. Machinery end reducers (2) 2. Wedge motors (2).

B. Unless otherwise indicated, materials designated for salvage shall be properly prepared for safe transport, and shall be removed from the site and delivered F.O.B. to the Amtrak Maintenance-of-Way Base located in Adams, NJ.

1.7 DEMOLITION – EXISTING BRIDGE

A. Demolish and remove the following existing bridge-related items as shown on the Drawings and specified herein:

1. Drum girder 2. Radial beams 3. Equalizer beams 4. Spokes 5. Inner and outer retaining rings 6. Roller assemblies 7. Pivot bearing 8. Designated bracing and gusset plates 9. Designated pivot platform components 10. Designated mechanical and electrical components 11. Miscellaneous items designated for removal on the Plans. 12. Incidental items not specifically shown on the Drawings but necessary for demolition of the bridge as specified.

1.8 TEMPORARY REMOVALS

A. Temporary removal items, as designated on the Drawings or otherwise necessary to perform construction, shall be reinstalled at a later times during construction or after construction is completed.

B. Carefully store and protect temporary removal items from damage at all times.

C. Where directed by Amtrak, relocate temporary removal items such as work boxes, tools and similar, away from areas of construction.

DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS 020500-2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Replace temporary removal items in the same or better condition as existing before removal. Touch-up finishes as necessary to restore items to condition that existed prior to removal.

E. Provide new fasteners and incidentals necessary to accomplish re-installation of temporary removal items.

F. The Contractor may replace temporary removal items in-kind with new materials of equal or better quality at no additional cost to Amtrak.

G. Where walkways, railings and other items have been temporarily removed, provide temporary facilities per Division 01 Section “Temporary Facilities” and as otherwise specified throughout Division 01 sections to provide safe and secure access.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT

A. Equipment used for demolition, removal, and replacement work shall be capable of performing the work and shall be in good working condition.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Plugs, caps, flanges, and other items required for disconnected utilities shall be as approved by the appropriate municipal agencies and the utility companies.

B. Other required temporary materials shall be provided as required for the proper execution of the work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. The Contractor shall protect and be responsible for adjacent portion of facilities that are to remain.

B. The Contractor shall determine location and status of all utility services The Contractor shall construct necessary safety signs, barricades, fences, ramps and walks to protect the Railroad, employees and others.

3.2 GENERAL

A. Damage or disturbance, or other impairment or existing facilities caused by the Contractors operations shall be promptly repaired, restored or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the COTR at no additional cost to the railroad.

B. Demolition and removal work shall be carried out in a systematic manner, with the least possible disturbance to existing operation and use of existing facilities, both Railroad and that of adjacent property owners.

C. Masonry and concrete materials shall be wet down during demolition to prevent spread of dust and dirt. Sprinkle debris and use temporary enclosures as necessary to limit dust to lowest practicable level. Water

DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS 020500-3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

shall not be used excessively, or in a manner that would cause water damage, contaminated runoff, or icing.

D. Demolition material or demolition equipment shall not be placed where it will create excessive loads on supporting walls, floors and frames.

E. If unforeseen obstructions are encountered, take all precautions necessary to prevent damage and obtain instructions from the COTR before proceeding with the work.

3.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with the applicable provisions of Division 01 and submit the following:

1. Proof of utilities service disconnections as issued by companies owning or agency controlling services and appurtenances affected by demolition work, if applicable. 2. Submit to the COTR proposed demolition methods, procedures and equipment to be employed, including any waste handling compliance requirements.

3.4 PHASING PLANS

A. Work shall be performed in accordance with the approved Project Construction Schedule.

B. Demolition work shall not interfere with the continuous, safe operation of the Railroad, including but not limited to train and engine movements, highway access, and maintenance operations performed by the Railroad.

C. Demolition work shall not interfere with the continuous, safe passage of marine navigation except as permitted by the US Coast Guard.

3.5 SAFETY MEASURES

A. Use of explosives is prohibited.

B. Railroad, vehicular, navigation and pedestrian traffic shall be protected.

C. Existing structures to remain shall be protected.

D. Existing utilities to remain shall be protected.

E. Power feeder wires shall be disconnected by Amtrak forces before removal by the Contractor.

3.6 APPLICABLE CODES

A. Work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition and addenda thereto to the following".

1. New York State and New York City Building Code. 2. Applicable laws, ordinances and requirements of local agencies, including, New York City and utility companies having jurisdiction. 3. Applicable provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards of the U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA). 4. Applicable provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Rules and Regulations.

DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS 020500-4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

5. National Electrical Code. 6. Comply with the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard A.10.06 1969 “Safety Requirements for Demolition”.

3.7 BRIDGE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

A. Demolition shall conform to the requirements of Section 202 “Demolition of Buildings and Structures” of the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications as modified below.

B. All work which disturbs surfaces that are coated with lead-containing paint must be performed in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administrative (OSHA) 29 Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) Part 1926.62, Lead Exposure in Construction.

1. There are no known significant areas of lead-containing paint within areas designated for demolition and removals.

C. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all components of the existing structure in the manner shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.

D. All portions of the existing structure removed, except for items designated to be salvaged, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site.

3.8 DISPOSAL

A. Unless specifically controlled by provisions given elsewhere in these specifications, all materials not indicated for salvage shall be removed from the site and disposed of legally.

B. All removed items except track and appurtenances and equipment removed, salvage or claimed by the Railroad shall become the property of the Contractor. Selling by the Contractor of salvageable items shall not be conducted at the site.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. Except as specified below, demolitions and removals of the bridges items, and miscellaneous facilities will not be measured for payment but will be paid for as lump sum items.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMEMT

A. Payment for items of Demolitions and Removals will be made at the contract lump sum price for each item, which price shall include all permits, materials, equipment, tools, labor and work incidental thereto.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. Payment for the work of this Section will be made under the following Pay Items:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS 020500-5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

020500.01 DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS - PERMANENT Lump Sum 020500.02 TEMPORARY REMOVALS AND REINSTALLATION Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS 020500-6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 020600 - STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work shall consist of raising, supporting and lowering each bearing point designated on the drawings in order to perform the work to be done under other items.

B. Structural Lifting Operations shall consist of providing materials, equipment, labor and incidentals for jacking, blocking, shimming, adjusting elevations, providing stands, securing jacking and stand components, and any other operations necessary.

C. The work may consist of multiple lifting operations, and may include multiple set-ups and break-downs of equipment and systems, as necessary to perform construction activities in accordance with the requirements of the project and the Contractor’s work plan.

D. Definitions.

1. Bearing Point. For purposes of this specification the term bearing point is defined as a point on the structure, designated on the plans, to be raised in order to perform other work. 2. Lift Point. For purposes of this specification, the term lift point is defined as a point on the structure where the lifting force is applied.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. GENERAL

1. A suggested sequence of construction is provided on the drawings for some of the critical aspects of the project affecting swing span operations. The Contractor shall develop its own plan for means and methods of constructing the project, for review and approval by Amtrak. 2. Per the suggested construction sequence, the drawings designate the bearing points that must be raised in order to perform the work. The loads at each bearing point are shown on the plans. 3. The Contractor shall select the location of the lift points, subject to the approval of Amtrak and calculate the required lifting force. 4. Unless a specific distance is shown on the plans, each designated bearing point shall be raised the minimum distance that will allow the work to be completed. 5. The Contractor shall engage the services of a New York State Licensed Professional Engineer (PE) to design and detail the structural lifting system. The PE shall be available for consultation in interpreting his drawings and in the resolution of problems which may arise during the performance of the work. 6. All design and details shall be in conformance with the current New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Highway Bridge and the current New York State Steel Construction Manual.

STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS 020600-1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. WORKING DRAWINGS

1. The Contractor shall furnish working drawings, prepared, stamped and signed by a New York State Licensed Professional Engineer, for the system proposed to raise, support and lower each bearing point. 2. The drawings shall include, but need not be limited to the following: a. Lift point locations. b. Calculated lifting forces. c. Details for all lifting equipment and support systems. d. Type and grade of all materials. e. Distance that each bearing point is to be raised. f. Schematic hydraulic layout. g. All disconnections, reconnections or adjustments that are necessary to properly complete the lifting operations. This includes but is not limited to railings, joints, power lines, utilities, etc. 3. Submittals shall conform to Division 01 Section “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES” 4. All work shall be done in accordance with the approved working drawings. The Contractor must have approved working drawings prior to the start of any structural lifting operations. 5. The Contractor shall bear all costs and/or damages which may result from the ordering of any materials, or equipment; or the use of any preparatory labor prior to the approval of the working drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. The materials for this work shall conform to the requirements of Section 715 of the New York State Standard Specifications and the New State Steel Construction Manual, and to the provisions of the General Notes and Structural Steel Notes on the Contract Drawings unless noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings or in these Specifications.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. USED MATERIALS. Used materials will be allowed, except that materials that are permanently attached to the structure shall be in conformance with the current New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications.

B. LIFTING EQUIPMENT. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, the choice of lifting equipment shall be at the Contractor's option, subject to the following provisions:

1. If jacks are used for the lifting operations, each jack shall have the rated capacity clearly shown on the manufacturer's name plate attached to each jack. Jacks or other lifting equipment shall have a rated capacity of at least one and a half times the calculated lifting force. The COTR may require that any lifting equipment deemed to be inadequate or faulty be removed from the project site. 2. Jacks or other lifting equipment shall be equipped with pressure gages or other load measuring devices that will enable the applied lifting force to be monitored at all times.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 LIFTING OPERATIONS

STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS 020600-2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. The Contractor shall raise each designated bearing point by applying the necessary lifting force at each lift point. At no time will the Contractor be allowed to apply a lifting force in excess of one and a half times the calculated lifting force.

B. During all phases of the operation, the differential lift between any two adjacent bearings on a common centerline of bearing shall not exceed 5/8 inch unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.

C. Where multiple lifting points are acting together, the system shall be interconnected and calibrated for coordinated, smooth, even lifting operations.

D. The Contractor shall, at the earliest possible moment during or after each lift, safely secure the structure with shims, cribbings, bolsters or other suitable supports. Details to be used shall be shown on the working drawings.

E. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, rail traffic or construction equipment will not be permitted on the lifted span until shims, cribbing, bolsters or other suitable supports are in their required position and the track has been deemed safe for rail operations by Amtrak.

F. The lifting operation shall be conducted such that the distance between the structure and the shims, cribbing, bolsters or other suitable supports do not exceed 3/8 inch at any time.

G. Any replacement, repair, or adjustments to the superstructure steel shall be performed in conformance with the current New York State Steel Construction Manual.

H. All welding shall comply with the requirements specified in the current New York State Steel Construction Manual.

I. All materials required for temporary support of the structure shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site after the work is completed, unless otherwise agreed to.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. Structural Lifting Operations will not be measured for payment.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. Payment for Structural Lifting Operations will be at the contract lump sum price for Structural Lifting Operations complete, including all labor, material, and equipment. All iterations of lifting operations, set- ups, and break-downs performed to accomplish the work shall be included.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. The work under this Section will be paid for under the following Pay Item:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

020600.01 STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS Lump Sum

STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS 020600-3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

END OF SECTION

STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS 020600-4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 030100 – NON-SHRINK GROUT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Furnish, mix, and place nonshrink, nonmetallic, noncorrosive cementitious grout for areas base plates as indicated on the contract drawings.

B. Provide grout where necessary to complete the work including but not limited to:

1. Center Pivot Pier: Grout pad as required for the replacement of the pivot bearing and roll track 2. Rest Piers: Grout pad for end wedge bearings

1.3 DEFINITION

A. "Non-shrink grout" shall be defined as a mortar or grout which does not shrink in the plastic state, is dimensionally stable in the hardened state, and bonds permanently to a clean baseplate and concrete substrate.

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

ACI 503.2 Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM C109 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Us- ing 2-inch or 50-mm Cube Specimens)

ASTM C157 Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete

ASTM C579 Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars and Monolithic Surfacings

NON-SHRINK GROUT 030100 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

ASTM C827 Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures

ASTM C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete

ASTM C1090 Test Method for Measuring Changes in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout

ASTM C1107 Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrinkable)

C. United States Army Corps of Engineers:

CRD-C620 Standard Method of Sampling Fresh Grout

CRD-C621 Corps of Engineers Specification for Nonshrink Grout

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Refer to Division 01 Section SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES” for submittal requirements and procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions.

C. Certification: Submit certificates of compliance or laboratory test reports which indicate the following:

1. Materials used in the grout are free from metallic components and corrosion-producing elements. 2. Materials meet specified shrinkage and compressive strength requirements.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Handle grout the same as concrete with regard to temperature and curing, as recommended by manufacturer and approved by Amtrak.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cementitious Grout: Provide non-shrink, nonmetallic, noncorrosive cement-based grout conforming to the following requirements:

1. Applicable Standards: ASTM C1107 and CRD-C621. 2. Grout shall be manufactured specifically for use in supporting heavy loads. Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade A, B, or C, as appropriate for the condition or circumstance. 3. Shrinkage at 28 days: none (0.00 shrinkage when tested in accordance with ASTM C827). 4. Compressive strength, minimum:

NON-SHRINK GROUT 030100 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

a. At one day: 1000 psi b. At three days: 2500 psi c. At seven days: 3500 psi d. At 28 days: 5000 psi 5. Initial setting time, after addition of water: approximately one hour at 70 degrees F. 6. Provide non-sag, trowelable or flowable as necessary for the particular application.

B. Water: Clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental to grout.

C. Epoxy Grout (if Amtrak approved): Provide non-shrink, nonmetallic, noncorrosive epoxy grout conforming to the following requirements:

1. Grout shall be manufactured specifically for use in supporting heavy loads. 2. Shrinkage at 28 days: none (0.00 shrinkage when tested in accordance with ASTM C827 modified procedure) with a minimum effective bearing area (EBA) of 95 percent. 3. Compressive strength, minimum: 10,000 psi at seven days. 4. Initial setting time: Approximately one hour at 70 degrees F. 5. Provide flowable consistency as necessary for the particular application. 6. Epoxy grouts which are volatile and which give off noxious fumes are not acceptable. 7. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881, Type V, epoxy-based bonding agent.

2.2 MIXING

A. Mix grout ingredients for both cementitious grout and epoxy grout in accordance with the respective manufacturer's mixing instructions and recommendations. Mix grout materials in proper mechanical mixers.

B. Mix grout as close to work area as possible.

2.3 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspections and Tests: Perform visual inspections, and shrinkage tests using an approved independent test laboratory, and strength tests as necessary to verify performance requirements of grout. Sampling and testing of grout shall conform with applicable ASTM or CRD requirements.

B. Shrinkage Tests:

1. Cementitious Grout: Grout shall meet the following performance requirements: a. Expansion: 0.4 percent maximum at 3, 14, and 28 days. Grout shall exhibit no displacement when tested in accordance with ASTM C157. b. Shrinkage: none (0.00 shrinkage at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C827 and ASTM C1090). There shall be no vertical volume shrinkage of grout in the plastic or hardened stage at any time. 2. Epoxy Grout (if Amtrak approved): Grout shall meet the following performance requirements: a. Expansion: Grout shall exhibit no displacement when tested in accordance with ASTM C827 and ASTM C157, modified procedures.

NON-SHRINK GROUT 030100 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

b. Shrinkage: none (0.00 shrinkage when tested in accordance with ASTM C827, modified procedure; specific gravity of indicator ball will be changed to approximately 1.0). c. Effective Bearing Area (EBA): 95 percent minimum coverage of the tested base plate.

C. Strength Tests: Compressive strength of grout shall meet the following requirements:

1. Cementitious Grout: 5,000 psi minimum at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C109. 2. Epoxy Grout (if Amtrak approved): 10,000 psi minimum at 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C579.

D. For concrete exposed to view, use material and workmanship which will produce concrete surfaces that closely resemble the existing adjacent concrete in color and texture

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Concrete surfaces to receive grout shall be prepared by chipping, sandblasting, water blasting, or other accepted methods to remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign matter to achieve sound, clean, and roughened concrete surfaces.

B. Cover concrete areas with protective waterproof covering until ready to place grout.

C. Remove foreign matter from steel surfaces to be in contact with grout. Clean contact steel surfaces as necessary by wire brushing and wiping dust clean.

D. Align and level components to be grouted, and maintain in final position until grout placement is complete and accepted.

E. Install forms for grout about spaces to be grouted. The tops of such forms shall be one inch above the surfaces to be grouted.

F. Remove protective waterproof covering and clean contaminated surfaces immediately before grouting.

G. Provide air-relief holes in large baseplates and in baseplates where underneath obstructions may cause air entrapment.

H. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water, and remove excess water immediately before grouting.

I. Where necessary or appropriate for better bond, epoxy adhesive may be applied to clean, dry substrate surfaces in accordance with applicable requirements of ACI 503.2.

3.2 PLACING GROUT

NON-SHRINK GROUT 030100 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. Place grout in accordance with the respective manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Pour grout from one side only until grout rises at least one inch above the plate on opposite side of said plate. Strapping and plunging or other recommended method may be used to force grout to flow under the entire area.

B. Neatly trowel edges of grout base, tapered at an angle of 60 degrees when measured from the horizontal, or as indicated.

C. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed.

D. After shims have been removed, if used, fill voids with grout, packing the material with a suitable tool.

E. Do not use grout which has begun to set or if more than one hour has elapsed after initial mixing.

3.3 CURING

A. Cementitious grout shall be cured as per manufacturer’s recommendation and approved by Amtrak.

B. Epoxy grout shall be cured as recommended by the grout manufacturer.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

END OF SECTION 030100

NON-SHRINK GROUT 030100 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 051200 – STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Steelwork under the various items of this section includes all permanent and temporary work of furnishing, fabricating, transporting, erecting, preparing surfaces, painting and finishing new and temporary structural steel as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein. Bearing plates, masonry plates, anchor bolts, nuts and washers, nonshrink grout and other incidentals are included as part of steelwork under the various items of work unless noted as included under other items on the Contract Drawings or Specifications.

B. A summary of the major work items included is as follows:

1. The work under the item “Structural Steel – Swing Span” includes new steel framing and modifications of existing steel framing for the swing span. a. The work includes new steel framing. b. Survey and measurements necessary to perform structural steel work are included. c. The work includes modification of existing steel framing, including but not limited to fasteners (such as removal of rivets and replacement with high strength bolts, welding); addition of new steel to existing steel; cutting and preparing existing steel and pier surfaces to receive new steel; and all else necessary and incidental to providing steel framework for the rehabilitated structure. d. Reinstallation of steel that was temporarily removed for construction access is included. See also Division 02 Section “DEMOLITIONS AND REMOVALS”. e. Temporary construction, jacking, shoring and bracing necessary to accomplish the work is included in Division 02 Section “STRUCTURAL LIFTING OPERATIONS”. f. Cleaning and painting structural steel is included hereunder, as specified in Division 09 Section “CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL”. 2. The work under the item “Structural Steel – Miscellaneous” includes the following: a. Steelwork supports for gratings, platforms, associated hardware, anchor bolts (including preparing holes, providing chemical or mechanical anchors) and miscellaneous items necessary for providing complete support of maintenance access platforms to the various portions of the swing span superstructures and substructures. Fiberglass walkways and all connecting hardware are included under Division 06 Section “FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS”. b. Steel brackets, mounts, fasteners, anchor bolts, preparation of existing steel and concrete surfaces and all else needed and incidental for mounting or remounting existing or new mechanical and electrical components. c. The work also includes any other bridge structural steel shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein, that is not specifically included in any other item.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE 051200 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. Submittals shall comply with the provisions of Division 01 Section “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES”.

B. Submittals shall include the following;

1. Shop Drawings and working drawings of all structural steel fabrications, including erection plans, material lists and material designations. 2. Welder Certifications (New York State Steel Construction Manual. 3. Weld test certification (New York State Steel Construction Manual). 4. Swing Span erection sequence diagrams and drawings, as described further below. 5. As-Built surveys for the pivot bearing anchor bolts, end wedge anchor bolts, and Swing Span as specified herein and in the Contract Drawings and Specifications.

C. Paint related submittals shall conform to the provisions of Division 09 Section “CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL”.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Reference Standards:

1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). a. AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. b. AISC Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. B18.2.1, Square and Hex Head Bolts. b. B18.2.2, Square and Hex Head Nuts. c. B18.22.1, Plain Washers. 3. New York State Standard Specifications 4. AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering 5. New York State Department of Transportation Steel Construction Manual (NYSCM).

B. All welds shall be pre-qualified welds.

1. All welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.5 and the New York State Steel Construction Manual.

C. Qualifications of Fabricator: Fabricator shall submit evidence of qualification for the fabrication of structural steel members as per Category III, Major Steel Bridges of the AISC Quality Certification Program Exception: Pivot pier access platform supports can be fabricated at a non-Category III shop.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

2.2 STEEL

STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE 051200 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. New steel for permanent construction shall conform to ASTM A709 Grade 50, and new steel for temporary construction shall conform to ASTM A36, unless shown otherwise on the Contract Drawings or in these Specifications.

B. Stainless steel, unless noted otherwise, shall be Type 316L.

C. High-strength bolts shall conform to ASTM A325.

D. Anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM F1554 Grade 1055, unless noted otherwise. Anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall be hot-dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 unless noted otherwise.

2.3 NONSHRINK GROUT

A. Nonshrink grout for setting anchor bolts and masonry plates shall conform to the requirements of Division 03 Section “NON-SHRINK GROUT”.

2.4 GALVANIZNG

A. Galvanizing shall be hot-dip per ASTM A123 or ASTM A153, as applicable, unless otherwise specifically noted.

2.5 PAINT

A. Paint shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified in Division 09 Section “CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL”.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Structural steel shall be fabricated in conformance with AREMA Chapter 15, Part 3 and erected in conformance with AREMA Chapter 15, Part 4 unless otherwise noted herein or on the Contract Drawings.

B. The construction methods for the work shall also conform to Section 564 of New York State Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein or on the Contract Drawings.

C. Where the AREMA specifications and New York State Standard Specifications conflict, the AREMA specifications shall govern.

D. Steel plates for main members, including splice plates, shall be cut and fabricated so that the primary direction of rolling is parallel to the direction of the main tensile and/or compressive stress.

E. See also the General Notes and Structural Steel Notes on the Contract Drawings.

3.2 MOVABLE BRIDGE

A. Shop Drawings and Other Submissions:

STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE 051200 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Structural steel shop drawings shall be coordinated with mechanical and electrical shop drawings.

B. Shop Fabrication:

1. Steel supporting or adjacent to machinery and electrical components shall be coordinated with the machinery and electrical components for proper fits, clearances, tolerances and sequences of erection. Connections of machinery to structural steel shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 15 Section “MACHINERY IN GENERAL” and the Contract Drawings. Connections of electrical components shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 16 Section “ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL” and the Contract Drawings.

C. Shop Assembly:

1. Completely shop assemble the pivot girder and match-mark for re-assembly in the field.

D. Bolting:

1. Bolt holes for shop assembled members in Paragraph 3.2C above shall be subpunched or subdrilled undersize and reamed full size at assembly. 2. Numerically controlled drilling may be used in lieu of drilling from the solid at assembly or reaming full-size bolt holes at assembly, per Paragraph 3.2D1 above, provided that the Contractor’s control and verification procedures are approved by the Construction Manager. Approval of the procedure will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to provide accurately matching holes in properly aligned pieces when assembled. 3. All holes in girder splices shall be reamed or drilled from the solid with all connecting parts shop assembled. This work shall be done with the full length of the member assembled unless otherwise approved by the Construction Manager. 4. Connections of machinery to structural steel shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 15 Section “MACHINERY IN GENERAL” and the Machinery Drawings.

E. Machining and Milling:

1. For plates or members to be machined or milled, thicknesses in the Contract Drawings shown are for after machining. The Contractor shall allow for sufficient material to be machined when ordering stock.

F. Field Erection:

1. Prior to any closing or restriction of the navigation channel, the Contractor shall obtain permission to do so from the United States Coast Guard as specified in Division 01 Section “WORK IN NAVIGABLE WATERWAYS”. 2. The Contractor shall employ a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of New York to develop a sequence and accompanying diagrams, drawings, and calculations for the of erection of the swing span structural steel. These drawings shall include mechanical and electrical work as it affects the swing span erection. These shall be submitted to the COTR for review. Erection work shall not begin without approval of the Construction Manager. 3. The Contractor shall submit details that describe his proposed procedure for erecting the swing span structural steel, including details and calculations for proposed supports and lifting operations during all phases of work, including any proposed off-site erection, shipment to the site, and lifting into place to the COTR for review prior to the start of erection. Proposed lifting points shall be identified.

3.3 PAINT SYSTEM

STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE 051200 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. Except as specified below, structural steel furnished under this section shall be painted with a system specified in Division 09 Section “CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL”.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT

A. “Structural Steel - (item name)” items will not be measured separately for payment, but all costs associated therewith shall be included in the Contractor’s lump sum price bid for “Structural Steel – (item name)”

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. Payment will be made for the various structural steel items and miscellaneous related materials, complete in place and finished, as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. Payment for the work of this section will be made under the following pay items:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

051200.01 Structural Steel – Swing Span Lump Sum 051200.02 Structural Steel – Miscellaneous Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE 051200 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 065010 – FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) access walks around the swing span pivot pier where shown on the Drawings, as directed by the COTR.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The contractor shall submit copies of the FRP manufacturer’s standard and most recent product brochure for the product covered by this specification.

B. Shop Drawings of the fabrications.

C. Complete description of the equipment, sequence and procedure for installing the walkway systems, including manufacturer’s specifications, load tables, and standard installation details.

D. Catalog cuts and certificates of compliance for all fasteners, hardware, and miscellaneous items.

1.4 STANDARDS

A. Walkways, shall conform to the design and construction requirements of American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (AREMA) Chapter 15, Section 8.5, “Walkways and Handrails on Bridges”.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SINGLE MANUFACTURER

A. All products shall come from a single manufacturer. Mixing of products from different manufacturers will not be permitted.

2.2 WALKWAY GRATING

A. Walkway Grating shall be Safety Yellow, one-inch Fiber Reinforced Polymer pultruded bar-type grating with anti-skid surface, equivalent to Duradek I-6000 as manufactured by Strongwell Corporation, Bristol, VA 24203.

FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS 065010 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2.3 HARDWARE

A. All fasteners and connection devices shall be furnished and installed per the grating and handrail manufacturer’s recommendations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. WALKWAY GRATING

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper erection of the grating as shown on the Contract Drawings. No gaps or spaces will be permitted in the final grating surface. Grating panel terminations must occur over a structural steel support. 2. All Grating panels must be fastened to the supporting steel. Fastening shall be done immediately after proper bearing and alignment has been achieved. Grating fasteners must provide for sufficient differential expansion between the grating and the supporting structural steel. 3. Grating ends must be supported by a structural steel support as shown on the contract plans. All bearing surfaces must be clean prior to placement of the grating. All structural supports must be properly aligned prior to placement of the grating. 4. Walkway Design Criteria a. Walkways shall be capable of safely supporting a uniformly distributed live loading of not less than 85 pounds per square foot. b. Walkway grating deflections shall not exceed 1/160th of the span length for a concentrated design load of 250 pounds applied at midspan.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. No measurement will be made for the work specified in this Section.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. Payment will be made at the lump sum price bid for each item of work listed below, which price shall include all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to completely furnish and install the work as specified above, and as shown on the Drawings.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. Payment for the work of this section will be made under the following pay item:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

065010.01 FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

FIBERGLASS WALKWAYS 065010 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 09910 – CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) “General Provisions for Construction Contracts” (General Provisions) and Supplementary General Provisions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Work of this Section consists of surface preparation and painting new and rehabilitated existing structural steel items specified under Division 05 Section “STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE”.

B. The coating system shall be a three-coat system comprised of an organic or inorganic zinc-rich primer, a polyamide epoxy intermediate coat, and an acrylic-modified aliphatic urethane enamel topcoat.

1. Faying surfaces shall receive prime coat only.

C. The work includes hand and power machine cleaning preparation and painting of existing steel surfaces that are being modified for swing span steel rehabilitation. Existing steel that requires cleaning and repainting includes but is not limited to the following:

1. Areas of cutting existing steel, removing existing bolts and rivets, and field drilling holes for new bolts. 2. Areas of temporarily removing existing steel and reinstalling. 3. Faying surfaces between existing and new structural steel. 4. Previous faying surfaces where steel is removed and not replaced by new steel. For example, the areas where existing swing span longitudinal and transverse girders were in point of contact with permanently removed equalizer beams. 5. The existing mechanical rollers lower track that is attached to the rim of the pivot pier, which is being modified to receive a new bogie track under mechanical work. 6. The existing bridge steel was clean blasted and repainted and/or newly painted during reconstruction circa 1990. It is anticipated that the existing paint system is not lead based.

D. Stainless Steel components shall not be painted.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with the requirements of Division 01 Section “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES” and submit the following:

1. Color samples for selection of the finish coat color. Color of final coat to match existing swing span structural steel. 2. Proposed paint manufacturer and system. Materials for the complete coating system shall be furnished by the same coating material manufacturer. 3. For each coating material submit a Certified Test Report and a Material Certificate stating that the materials conform to the requirements specified herein. 4. Certified environmental condition reports as specified in Paragraph 3.1B.

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.4 LABELING

A. Paint containers shall be clearly marked with name of the manufacturer, product name, the lot and batch number, the date of manufacture and the end of shelf life date. The label shall contain complete instructions for mixing and application including maximum allowable thinning and clear identification of the appropriate thinner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. The paint manufacturer shall notify the COTR prior to grinding and mixing of any paint, so that at the COTR’s discretion, a representative can be present to take samples of the paint for analysis. The manufacturer shall furnish to COTR for analysis, free of cost, samples of the paint if requested by the COTR. Analysis of the raw materials may be made from time to time as the work progresses to ensure that all materials used are of a uniform quality and meet the requirements of these specifications.

B. The vehicles, pigments, and finished paint covered by these specifications are to be produced from raw materials of the highest quality only and carefully selected and combined by the most modern methods, in plants sufficiently equipped with the necessary scientific controls to produce consistency within the tolerances specified.

C. The material shall not show excessive settling in the freshly opened, full can and shall be easily redispersed to a smooth, homogeneous state. The material shall show no curdling, gelling, or caking when stored for 12 months from date of manufacture, in a full, tightly covered container, at a temperature of 70 degrees F to 90 degrees F.

D. The manufacturer shall agree to provide at the location of painting, as required, a qualified technical representative (not a sales representative) to assist the Contractor in the proper application of the specified coatings.

E. The material shall be thinned only in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and with the approval of the COTR.

F. Each coat shall have a color sufficiently different to easily distinguish it from the succeeding coat to be applied, to the satisfaction of the COTR.

2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Ameron International Corporation, Performance Coatings and Finishes Group, Corporate Centre One, 13010 Morris Road, Suite 400, Alpharetta, GA 30004

B. Carboline Company, 1401 South Hanley Road, St. Louis, MO 63144.

C. Keeler and Long, Inc., 856 Echo Lake Road, Watertown, CT 06795.

D. Sherwin-Williams, 101 Prospect Ave., Cleveland, Ohio, 44115.

E. Tnemec Company, Inc., 6800 Corporate Drive, Kansas City, MO 64120.

F. Other manufacturer’s systems meeting the requirements specified herein may be submitted for review.

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2.3 E.P.A. COMPLIANCE

A. Components of the coating system shall comply with the Emission Standards for Volatile Organic Compounds (V.O.C’s) stated in the mot recent standards of the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection’s Administration Regulation for the Abatement of Air Pollution, as determined per ASTM D 3960.

2.4 SYSTEMS COMPONENTS

A. Primer - The primer shall have the following physical and chemical properties:

1. Volatile Organic Compounds: 3.5 lbs/gal maximum. 2. Theoretical Coverage 1mil dry film thickness per gallon: 840 sq. ft. minimum. 3. Drying Time at 75F 50% Rel. Humidity: To touch 1 hour, To recoat 24 hours. 4. Heat Resistance: Dry film, continuous dry heat, 250F minimum. 5. Shelf Life of Components: 12 months minimum. 6. Properties of Mixed Components:

a. Total Solids by Weight ...... 79% Min. b. Total Solids by Volume ...... 53% Min. c. Pigment by Weight ...... 70% Min. d. Weight per Gallon ...... 19.5 lbs. Min. e. Viscosity (Stormer at 77F) ...... 59 to 120 KU f. Pot Life at 77F ...... 6 Hr. Min. g. Sag Resistance (Lenata) ...... 15 to 20 Mils h. Recommended Dry Film Thickness ...... 3 to 6 Mils

B. Intermediate Coat – The intermediate coat shall have the following physical and chemical properties:

1. Volatile Organic Compounds: 3.5 lbs/gal. maximum. 2. Theoretical Coverage: 1100 sq. ft/gal. minimum at 1 mil DFT. 3. Drying Time at 75F 50% Rel. Humidity: To touch 4 hours minimum, To handle – 6 hours minimum, To recoat – 16 hours minimum. 4. Heat Resistance: Dry film, continuous dry heat, 180F. minimum. 5. Shelf Life of the Components: 12 months minimum. 6. Properties of Mixed Components:

a. Total Solids by Weight ...... 82% Min. b. Total Solids by Volume ...... 70% Min. c. Pigment by Weight ...... 30% Min. d. Weight per Gallon ...... 11 lbs. Min. e. Viscosity (Stormer at 77F) ...... 70 to 95 KU f. Pot Life at 77F ...... 2.5 Hr. Min. g. Sag Resistance (Lenata) ...... 16 to 20 Mils h. Recommended Dry Film Thickness ...... 3 to 6 Mils

C. Topcoat – The topcoat shall have the following physical and chemical properties:

1. Volatile Organic Compounds: 3.5 lbs/gal. maximum. 2. Theoretical Coverage: 860 sq. ft/gal. minimum at 1 mil DFT. 3. Drying Time at 75F 50% Rel. Humidity: To touch 2.5 hours minimum, To recoat – 12 hours minimum. 4. Heat Resistance: Dry film, continuous dry heat, 170F. minimum 5. Shelf Life of the Components: 12 months minimum.

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

6. Properties of Mixed Components:

a. Total Solids by Weight ...... 69% Min. b. Total Solids by Volume ...... 54% Min. c. Pigment by Weight ...... 28% Min. d. Weight per Gallon ...... 9.5 lbs. Min. e. Viscosity (Stormer at 77F) ...... 75 to 100 KU f. Pot Life at 77F ...... 3 Hr. Min. g. Gloss Range at 60F ...... 35 to 55 Mils h. Sag Resistance (Lenata) ...... 12 to 18 Mils i. Recommended Dry Film Thickness ...... 4 to 6 Mils

D. Zinc-silicate primer for steel faying surfaces and other designated locations shall conform to Article M.07.17 of CDOT Form 816.

2.5 PACKAGING

A. Zinc rich primers shall be package in proportioned, separate containers such that mixing the entire contents of each container in the specified sequence will yield the correct mix. Mixing ratios shall be clearly marked for each component.

B. The high-build epoxy intermediate coat and the aliphatic urethane top coat shall each be packaged in two proportioned, separate containers for each product that mixing the entire contents of both containers will yield the correct mix.

C. Each container shall bear a label on which shall be clearly shown on the name of the coating manufacturer, the name of the product, the lot and batch number, the date of manufacture and the end of shelf life date. The label on the containers shall include complete specific instructions for the opening, mixing, thinning and application of the material. No product shall be used that cannot be positively identified from the label on the container.

2.6 TOPCOAT COLOR

A. The color shall match the existing swing span structural steel. Submit color chips to the COTR for review and approval

2.7 TESTING EQUIPMENT

A. Prior to the start of work the Contractor shall supply the COTR with the following specifications and equipment in good working order (all specifications and equipment will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of the work):

1. One bound copy of the Steel Structures Paining Council surface preparation specification, SSPC SP-1 – Solvent Cleaning.

2. One (1) bound copy of the Steel Structures Painting Council surface preparation specification, SSPC-SP 11 – Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.

3. One bound copy of the Steel Structures Painting Council pictorial standards, SSPC-VIS 3, Guide and Reference Photographs for Steel Surfaces Prepared by Hand and Power Tool Cleaning.

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. One bound copy of the Steel Structures Painting Council method SSPC-PA2, Paint Application Specification No. 2 - Measurement of Dry Film Thickness with Magnetic Gages.

5. One Air Thermometer, pocket type, 10°F to 110°F.

6. One Paint Thermometer, 10°F to 110°F.

7. One Magnetic Dry-Film Thickness Gage, Type 2 (as defined per SSPC PA-2), with a display capable of measuring 0 to 60 mils in 0.1 mil increments, with calibration shims.

8. Two Wet-Film Thickness Gages, Prong Type, capable of measuring 1 to 10 mils in 1 mil increments.

9. Profile micrometer with extra coarse replica tape.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION FOR NEW STEEL

A. Coatings for new steel shall be applied in the Fabricator’s shop except for field touch up after field erection.

B. Applied coatings shall be free of runs, sags, holidays and discontinuities. The dry film thickness shall be within the range specified. There shall be no color variation in the topcoat as determined by Federal Standard 595a. There shall be no gloss variation in the topcoat as tested in accordance with ASTM D 523.

C. Erection marks for field identification of members and weight marks shall be affixed in such manner as to facilitate removal upon final assembly.

D. Steel surface shall receive the three-coat shop applied system as specified except for the following are types which shall be masked off and coated as follows:

1. Contact (faying) surfaces of new painted steel structures shall be primed with an organic-zinc rich primer (Slip-B Approved) from the NYSDOT Approved List of Paints for Structural Steel. Cleaning of the contact surfaces prior to painting shall be in accordance with Section 1301 of the New York Steel Construction Manual. The maximum dry film thickness for the primer shall be as noted on the NYSDOT Approved List. Primed faying surfaces of all primed bolted connections shall be masked within 3 inches (75 mm) of all open holes prior to application of the intermediate and final coats of paint. Touch-up field painting of the intermediate and final coats shall be applied after assembly of the connection. 2. Faying surfaces of existing painted or unpainted steel structures receiving new steel shall have the faying surfaces cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP1 (Solvent Cleaning) to remove oil and grease and blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP6 (Commercial Blast Cleaning) to remove temporary protective coatings, dirt, rust, paint, and other foreign material prior to erection. 3. Steel surfaces within four (4) inches of field welds shall receive a single coating of zinc silicate primer 0.5 to 1.5 mils dry film thickness. 4. Surfaces to be in contact with concrete shall receive a single application of zinc silicate primer or the organic or inorganic zinc primer only, at 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness.

E. Surface Preparation shall conform to the requirements of Article 572 of the New York State Standard Specifications. .

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

F. The coating system shall be applied by spray equipment of a type and size capable of applying the material within the specified thickness range in one application as approved by the COTR. The applicator shall adhere strictly to cure times, application and curing ambient conditions and recoat times as the individual coats of the specified system are applied. Brushes may be used in those restrictive areas where spray application would not achieve acceptable results; brushing technique shall be suitable to derive an acceptable finish.

G. Storage, mixing, thinning, application and curing technique and methods shall be performed in strict accordance with the written requirements and procedures published by the coating material manufacturer.

H. Compressed air sources shall have properly sized and designed oil and moisture separators, attached and functional, to allow air at the nozzle to be oil and moisture free. Compressors shall be of sufficient pressure to accomplish the associated work efficiently and effectively.

I. Surface not in contact with other steel surfaces but inaccessible after assembly shall be coated prior to assembly.

J. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be fully coated. Gaps shall not be left unfilled and uncoated.

K. Plate edges and other sharp discontinuities shall be hand striped with a brush in the longitudinal direction with the intermediate coat material prior to application of the intermediate coat. Recoat times shall be strictly followed. Bolt heads and nuts of shop bolted connections shall be striped in a circular brush motion with intermediate coat material.

3.2 PROTECTION OF PAINTED ASSEMBLIES

A. Fully coated assemblies shall be adequately and properly protected from handling and shipping damage, after proper curing times, with the prudent use of padded slings, dunnage, separators and tie downs. Loading procedures and sequences shall be planned to protect all coated surfaces.

3.3 PREPARING EXISTING STEEL SURFACES FOR PAINT

A. Localized cleaning and painting is defined by spot cleaning and applying three coats of paint, including primer, intermediate and topcoat, to spot-cleaned steel only.

B. The Contractor shall provide adequate access, suitable lighting, and time for inspections to be made. Any work done while the COTR has been denied, or restricted from access, shall be recleaned and repainted at no additional cost to Amtrak.

C. Steel surfaces shall be prepared for painting by a combination of pressure washing and power- tool cleaning. Pressure washing of all areas to be painted shall be performed first, followed by power-tool cleaning of areas demonstrating corrosion of the steel substrate to remove all paint, rust, rust scale, and mill scale, as per SSPC SP-11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal or SSPC SP-3, Hand and Power-tool Cleaning as applicable. If heavy deposits of rust and scale are present, they shall be removed by hand or power tool prior to pressure washing. Areas of tightly adhered coating to remain shall be abraded to provide an anchor profile for overcoat paint. Large deposits of bird droppings shall be removed prior to pressure washing.

1. Blast cleaning will not be permitted in proximity to swing span machinery and electrical equipment.

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. All steel surfaces to be painted shall be pressure washed, using an operating pressure range of 1800 to 2000 psi, a minimum flow of 3.5 gal/minute, and a water temperature of 185ºF to 200ºF. The nozzle shall be held at a distance of 6 to 12 inches from the steel surface. Pressure washing shall only be allowed when ambient air temperatures are greater than 40°F and rising. In no case will pressure washing be conducted when spent wastewater could freeze on track or bridge surfaces or in any other way create a hazardous situation. The washing is intended to remove contaminants from the surface, not to remove tightly adhered paint. Oil and grease shall be removed by solvent cleaning as described in SSPC SP1, Solvent Cleaning. The areas shall be pressure washed again following this cleaning.

E. When the washing is completed, the cleaned surfaces shall be free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, animal waste, salts, and other debris

F. A containment shall be suspended around and beneath the work area during pressure washing. The containment for pressure washing is intended to capture solid paint chips and other solid debris that may become dislodged from washing operations. Unless otherwise noted, spent wash water will not require collection and will be allowed to fall to the underlying ground or waterway, provided that the other requirements of this specification are met.

G. If steel surfaces become contaminated or 7 calendar days elapse between washing and power-tool cleaning, they shall be rewashed at no additional cost to Amtrak.

H. Power tools as described in SSPC-SP 11 shall be used to clean corroded steel.

I. Environmental Conditions. Surface preparation and paint application for shall not be done when the air temperature is below 50F, when the relative humidity is above 85%, when there is falling rain, or when the surface temperature of the steel is less than 5F above the dew point temperatures as determined by a surface thermometer and electric psychrometer. The Contractor shall keep a record of environmental conditions at the time of paint application. The record shall contain as a minimum, identification of members being painted, material being applied, air temperature, dew point temperature, relative humidity, general description of the weather, cure time of previous coat.

J. Steel Cleanliness and Profile. Surfaces which have become visibly corroded shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP 11. Areas where the existing paint has peeled, flaked, blistered, or otherwise become deteriorated shall be cleaned until only sound paint, tightly adherent paint remains. These areas need not be cleaned to SP-11 if the damage does not extend to the steel surface and corrosion of the steel substrate or the mill scale is not evident.

K. Special attention shall be given to the edges of beam flanges, angles and plates, bearings, rivets, the heads of nuts and bolts, structural steel surrounding bridge joints, and similar surfaces that are marginally accessible and difficult to clean.

L. The edges of intact paint shall be feathered back and the adjoining paint must be tightly adhered. Ragged or lifting edges on adjoining paint will not be allowed. Adherence will only be considered satisfactory if the adjoining paint is smoothly feathered back, and cannot be removed by lifting with a dull putty knife.

M. Areas exhibiting damaged or deteriorated paint not extending to the steel shall be power-tool cleaned to remove all damaged or loosely adhered paint and provide a suitable surface for top coating. Loosely adhered paint will lift when scraped with a dull putty knife.

N. After cleaning and feathering edges, all remaining tightly adhered coating shall be abraded. The abrading operation shall not fracture or remove a significant amount of existing coating, only provide surface profile suitable to receive additional coats of paint. The degree of abrasion shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

O. Only tightly adherent existing coating within 6 inches of a power tool cleaned surface shall be abraded.

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

P. The area cleaned shall be limited to that which can be cleaned, inspected and prime coated within a 10 hour period. Cleaned areas shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to priming. Areas that exhibit flash rusting within the 10-hour period or fail to meet the project cleaning standard prior to painting shall be recleaned.

Q. If the steel has become dirty between coats, the Contractor shall wash the bridge again at no additional cost to Amtrak.

3.4 FIELD TOUCH UP

A. After field erection, adhering rust, scale, dirt, grease and other foreign material shall be removed by field abrasive blast cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP3 or SP10 to satisfy the COTR, Near-White Blast Cleaning and solvent cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP1 where appropriate. Edges of the shop- applied coatings shall be feathered by mechanical means to afford a tight edge and smooth transition through the coating system to the substrate. Blast debris shall be completely contained and disposed of.

B. Scratches, gouges and other damaged areas of the coating system shall be power tool cleaned to bright metal in accordance with SSPC-SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning or spot field blasted.

C. Field touch-up shall use the same sequence and thicknesses of coatings as originally specified for use by the fabricator. Touch-up application shall be approved by the respective manufacturer and the COTR.

D. Surface preparation and paint application for touch up shall not be done when the air temperature is below 50F, when the relative humidity is above 85%, when there is falling rain, or when the surface temperature of the steel is less than 5F above the dew point temperatures as determined by a surface thermometer and electric psychrometer.

E. Surface shall be painted with specified priming material before the end of the same work shift that they were blast cleaned and before any visible rust back occurs, unless otherwise approved by the COTR.

F. The Contractor shall protect property, pedestrians, vehicular and other traffic upon, underneath, or in the vicinity of the structure, and all portions of the superstructure and substructure against damage or disfigurement from errant coating materials.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. The work of this Section will not be measured for payment. The Contractor’s cost of the Work shall be included in the prices bid for the Structural Steel Items under Division 05, “STRUCTURAL STEEL, BRIDGE” specified to be painted.

END OF SECTION

CLEANING AND PAINTING STRUCTURAL STEEL 099100 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 150000 – BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section shall give the general requirements that apply to all bridge machinery. This Section also applies to the installation of electric motors, brakes, limit switches and position transmitters to be mounted with the machinery but supplied under the Electrical Work.

B. Work on the bridge machinery includes installation of a new center pivot bearing assembly & bogies with track, and operating machinery work, and end wedge machinery rehabilitation in accordance with the Contract Drawings.

C. All special machining, tools and installation shall be included as part of the work. This work shall include coordination of special machinery manufacturer requirements, special shimming and alignment.

D. The Contractor shall provide machinery guards as outlined on the Contract drawings, specifications or as required by OSHA regulations.

E. The Contractor, except as noted otherwise on the Drawings or as specified otherwise in these Specifications, shall furnish, install, lubricate, test, paint and place in satisfactory operating condition the items described above. This includes all related submittals, documentation, spare components and training specified herein.

1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. See Division 15 Section “CENTER PIVOT BEARING”

B. See Division 15 Section “BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK”

C. See Division 15 Section “OPERATING MACHINERY WORK”

D. See Division 15 Section “END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS”

1.4 SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL ...... 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...... 1 1.2 SUMMARY ...... 1 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ...... 1 1.4 SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS ...... 1

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 1

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1.5 BASIS OF MACHINERY DESIGN ...... 2 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS ...... 2 1.7 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS ...... 5 1.8 SUBMITTALS ...... 5 1.9 DELIVERY AND STORAGE ...... 5 1.10 QUALITY OF ASSURANCE ...... 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS ...... 9 2.1 STANDARDS PRODUCTS ...... 9 2.2 MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 9 2.3 CASTINGS ...... 9 2.4 FORGINGS ...... 10 2.5 SHAFTING AND PINS ...... 10 2.6 FASTENERS ...... 11 2.7 KEYS AND KEYWAYS ...... 13 2.8 BEARINGS AND BUSHINGS ...... 13 2.9 SHAFT JOURNALS ...... 1413 2.10 ENCLOSED GEAR REDUCERS ...... 14 2.11 HUBS AND BORES ...... 16 2.12 SHIMS ...... 16 2.13 WELDING ...... 16 2.14 GROUT ...... 1716 2.15 MACHINERY GUARDS ...... 17 2.16 FLEXIBLE COUPLING ...... 17 2.17 LUBRICATION ...... 18 2.18 LUBRICANTS ...... 19 2.19 SPARE PARTS ...... 20 2.20 PAINTS ...... 20 2.21 COATINGS ...... 20 PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION ...... 21 3.1 SHOP ASSEMBLY AND TESTING ...... 21 3.2 FIELD WORK-GENERAL ...... 22 3.3 EXISTING MACHINERY REMOVAL ...... 22 3.4 EXISTING MACHINERY REHABILITATION ...... 22 3.5 ERECTION ...... 23 3.6 CONTRACTOR’S INSPECTION ...... 24 3.7 FIELD TESTING ...... 24 3.8 PAINTING ...... 24 PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...... 2625 4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...... 26

1.5 BASIS OF MACHINERY DESIGN

A. The design of new machinery conforms to the applicable requirements of the American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association (hereinafter referred to as the AREMA Standard), except as otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings or otherwise specified herein. The fabrication and installation of new machinery shall conform to the same AREMA Standard, unless otherwise noted.

1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. The Contractor shall prepare shop drawings in accordance with AREMA Standards and in addition, meet the following requirements:

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 2

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Manufacturer's data and/or shop drawings shall be submitted for all manufactured and purchased items of machinery.

C. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of the machinery component manufacturers where components interface. The Contractor shall review and approve all shop and working drawings prepared by those Manufacturers for coordination prior to submittal of shop drawings to the COTR for approval.

D. Shop drawings shall show all parts completely detailed and dimensioned. Reproduction of the Drawings shall not be used as base sheets for assembly or erection drawings.

E. Materials and material specifications shall be stated for each part. Where ASTM or any other standard specifications are used, the applicable numbers of such specifications shall be given.

F. Required finish machining shall be shown including grade of finish in accordance with ANSI B46.1, Surface Texture and dimensional tolerances and allowances for specific fits in accordance with ANSI B4.1, Preferred Limits and Fits for Cylindrical Parts.

G. Shop drawings shall conform to the provisions of the general requirements of the AREMA Standard as supplemented and amended herein and to the special requirements specified hereinafter. All drawings shall be in conformance with Amtrak Microfilming Standards, latest revision.

H. Submittals for each manufactured item shall be manufacturer's descriptive literature, drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves and catalog cuts and shall include the manufacturer's name, trade name, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, certified layout dimensions, capacity, specification reference, including ASTM, ANSI, Federal Military Specification and any other applicable references and all other information necessary to establish Contract compliance.

I. The fits and finishes used shall conform to the requirements for fits and finishes given in the Drawings and to any other requirements given hereinafter in this General Specification.

J. Shop drawings shall show all external dimensions and clearances necessary for installation and operation of all new bridge machinery.

K. For all assemblies and parts, the Contractor shall furnish complete assembly drawings or diagrams showing each part contained therein and the manufacturer's part number assigned to each part. The drawings or diagrams shall be sufficient to enable complete disassembly and reassembly of the assemblies covered. In the event that any part is modified in any manner from the way it is described or delivered by its original manufacturer, the Contractor shall furnish a drawing which details each modification and the part shall be assigned a unique part number to assure the furnishing of replacement parts modified in similar fashion.

L. Certified prints of each manufactured assembly shall be furnished. Certified prints are manufacturer's drawings of proprietary products on which the manufacturer or supplier states mounting dimensions, ratios, speeds, ratings and any other correctness for use on this specific project. In addition to identifying and describing each part, they shall show.

1. Dimensions of all principal parts comprising the assembly. 2. Certified external dimensions affecting clearances and required for installation. 3. Capacity and normal operating ratings. 4. Recommended lubrication, including location, lubrication fittings and provisions for adding, draining and checking the level of lubricants. 5. Inspection openings, seals and vents. 6. Details or description of all fasteners required to mount the assembly. 7. Gross weight.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 3

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

8. Certified prints shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturing company.

M. All proprietary items shall be shown in outline on shop drawings, which shall also indicate the method and sequence to be employed in assembly of bridge machinery and installation of necessary utilities support and service facilities. The assembly drawings of each item shall, in addition to identifying and describing each internal part, contain dimensions of all principal elements within the item; certified external dimensions affecting interfaces or installations; gross weight capacity and normal operating ratings; method and recommended type of lubrication, including location and type of fittings and provisions for adding, draining and checking the level of each lubricant employed; inspection openings, seals and vents; and details of all fasteners used to mount the equipment to its foundation.

N. Complete shop bills of materials shall be made for all machinery parts. If the bills are not shown on the shop drawings, prints of the bills shall be furnished for approval in the same manner as specified for the shop drawings.

O. The weight of each piece of machinery shall be stated on the shop drawing upon which it is detailed or billed.

P. Complete assembly and erection drawings shall be furnished. These drawings shall give part numbers, match marks and essential dimensions for locating each part or assembled unit with respect to the bridge structure or foundation.

Q. Marks or indentations of any type shall be clearly shown and detailed on the drawings. In general, die stamping or scoring shall be avoided unless otherwise called for on the plans. All components and assemblies shall be detailed separately to assure correct fabrication, assembly and erection. Use of mirror image or opposite hand erection drawings will not be allowed.

R. Each shop drawing shall be given a suitable title to describe the parts detailed thereon and shall state by who shop inspection will be made.

S. Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to requirements of the standards of an organization, such as American Society for Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American Gas Association (AGA) and American Refrigeration Institute (ARI), that use a label or listing as method of indicating compliance, proof of such conformance shall be submitted and approved. The label or listing of the specified organization will be acceptable evidence. In lieu of the label or listing, the Contractor shall submit a certificate from an independent testing organization adequately equipped and competent to perform such services and approved by the Contracting Officer, stating that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item conforms to the specified organization's standard or code.

T. As used herein, certified test reports refer to reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use.

U. As used herein, factory tests refer to tests required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment proposed for use. Results of the tests shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of this Contract for laboratory test results.

V. The Contractor shall prepare a list of all machinery items that require lubrication and their recommended cycle for lubrication. The list shall contain the types of lubricant used and the date it was lubricated by the Contractor and shall be given to the COTR prior to start up and testing of the machinery. A reserve amount of lubrication, as specified in Part 2.17, shall be left at the bridge for future maintenance purposes.

W. Lubrication charts shall be prepared and submitted as working drawings.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 4

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

X. If any departures from the Contract Documents are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the COTR in writing as soon as practicable for his approval. No departures from Contract Drawings shall be made without the COTR's approval.

Y. If the Contractor has any objection to any feature of the machinery as designed or required by the Plans, he shall state his objection in writing to the COTR at the time of submitting shop drawings or prior thereto; otherwise his objection will not be considered if offered later as an excuse for malfunctioning, defective, broken machinery or tolerances that cannot be achieved.

Z. It is the Contractor's responsibility to manufacture and install suitable functioning machinery. Review and approval of shop drawings by the COTR does not relieve the Contractor of this responsibility.

1.7 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. See Division 01 Section “Movable Bridge Operation and Maintenance Manual” for requirements.

1.8 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit the required assembly drawings showing all components mounted to supports, erection drawings, shop drawings, certified prints & catalog cuts for machinery items to the COTR for review within 120 days after the date of award of contract.

B. The Contractor shall submit to the COTR for his approval seven (7) prints of all assembly drawings, erection drawings, shop drawings, certified prints & catalog cuts. In case of correction or rejection, the Contractor shall resubmit seven (7) prints of assembly drawings, erection drawings, shop drawings, certified prints & catalog cuts until they are approved. The Contractor shall bear all costs for damages, which may result from the ordering of any materials prior to the approval of the shop drawings; and no work shall be done until the shop drawings therefore have been approved. After approval of the shop drawings, the Contractor shall supply the COTR with up to seven (7) prints of the approved shop drawings as may be ordered.

1.9 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Protection for Shipment

1. Machinery parts shall be cleaned of dirt, chips, grit and all other injurious materials prior to shipping and shall be given a coat of corrosion-inhibiting preservative. 2. Finished metal surfaces and unpainted metal surfaces that would be damaged by corrosion shall be coated as soon as practicable after finishing with a rust-inhibiting preservative. With the exception of the unfinished metal surfaces inside of gear reducers, this coating shall be removed from operation and from all surfaces prior to painting after erection. 3. Any interface between stainless steel or aluminum and Structural Steel shall receive an COTR approval coat of zinc-chromate primer prior to assembly. 4. Shims shall be coated prior to shipment with a rust-inhibiting preservative and before erection; this coating shall be removed from the shims that are used. 5. Machinery parts shall be completely protected from weather, dirt and all other injurious conditions during manufacture, shipment and storage. 6. Shaft journals that are shipped disassembled from their bearings shall be protected during shipment and before erection by a packing of oil-soaked waste secured in place by burlap and covered with heavy metal thimbles or heavy timber lagging securely attached. Every precaution

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 5

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

shall be taken to ensure that the bearing surfaces are not damaged and that all parts arrive at their destination in satisfactory condition. 7. Assembled units shall be mounted on skids or otherwise crated for protection during handling and shipment.

B. Packaging and Delivery of Spare Parts

1. Spare parts shall be protected for shipment and prolonged storage by coating, wrapping and crating. 2. All spare parts shall be durably tagged or marked with a clear identification showing the designation used on the approved shop drawing. 3. Crates for spare parts shall be clearly marked on the outside to show their contents. Spare parts shall be delivered to a location designated by Amtrak.

C. Guarantee and Warranties

1. Manufacturer's warranties or guarantees on equipment, materials or products purchased for use on the Contract which are consistent with those provided as customary trade practice, shall be obtained by the Contractor and, upon acceptance of the Contract, the Contractor shall assign to Amtrak, all manufacturer's warranties or guarantees on all such equipment, material or products furnished for, or installed as part of the Work. 2. The Contractor shall warrant the satisfactory in-service operation of the mechanical equipment, material, products and related components. This warranty shall extend for a period of one year following the date of final acceptance of the Project.

1.10 QUALITY OF ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications, Personnel and Facilities

1. Products used in the work under the Machinery Pay Items shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified products. 2. For the fabrication, installation, cleaning, aligning, testing and all other work required by the Machinery Pay Items, the Contractor shall use adequate numbers of skilled, trained and experienced mechanics and millwrights who are thoroughly familiar with the requirements and methods specified for the proper execution of the specified work. The Contractor shall provide personnel and supervisory personnel with a minimum of two movable bridge jobs as previous experience in the installation of bridge machinery. The installation of the machinery shall be directly supervised by a representative of the machinery manufacturer and supplier having at least ten years of prior similar experience. 3. The Contractor shall provide adequate plant and all necessary tools and instruments required for the proper performance of the personnel engaged in the execution of the specified work.

B. Codes and Standards. Work under machinery pay items shall comply with, but not be limited to, all applicable requirements of the following codes and standards, including all interim revisions as of the bid opening date and their abbreviations used in this Specification shall be as shown:

1. American Railway and Maintenance of Way Association AREMA 2. American Gear Manufacturers Association AGMA 3. American Iron and Steel Institute AISI 4. American National Standards Institute ANSI 5. American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM 6. American Welding Society AWS 7. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association AFBMA

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 6

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

8. National Lubricating Grease Institute NLGI 9. Society of Automotive Engineers SAE 10. Steel Structures Painting Council SSPC 11. American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME

The work shall meet the requirements of all other codes and standards as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. Where codes and standards are mentioned for any pay item, it is intended to call particular attention to them; it is not intended that any other codes and standards shall be assumed to be omitted if not mentioned.

C. Rules, Regulations and Ordinances

1. Work shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and Local rules, regulations and ordinances. 2. In the event of a conflict between these Specifications and the above-mentioned codes, standards, rules, regulations and ordinances, the most stringent requirement shall apply.

D. Measurements and Verification

1. Dimensions indicated on the Contract Drawings are nominal and are intended for guidance only. All variations from the nominal dimensions on the Contract Drawings shall be noted on the shop drawings.

E. Substitutions

1. The terms "approved equal", "of equal quality" and "or equal" which appear on the Contract Drawings and in these Specifications are intended to allow the Contractor to substitute other manufacturers and model numbers of products of equal quality and rating for those specified. 2. Prior to the Contractor's ordering of any substitute product, the COTR's approval of the equivalence of the substitute product shall be obtained in writing. The acceptance of the substitute products is at the sole discretion of the COTR who will establish the basis for equivalence and will review the quality of the materials and products described in detail on the submitted shop drawings and product data. 3. The COTR will review and stamp substitute material either "Approved" or "Revise and Resubmit". Upon return of a shop drawings showing rejection, the Contractor shall resubmit the shop drawing showing the specified product. Rejection shall not in any way result in any extra cost. 4. Approval by the COTR of any substitute products submitted by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the proper operation, performance, or functioning of that product. 5. Where a particular product is specified by a manufacturer's name and catalog or part number in this Specification or on the Contract Drawings, it is so specified to establish quality, configuration and arrangement of parts. An equivalent product made by another manufacturer may be substituted for the specified product subject to the approval of the COTR; however, all necessary changes required by the substitution in related machinery, structural, architectural and electrical parts, shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost. 6. If any departures from the Contract Drawings or these Specifications are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for approval. No such departures shall be made without approval by the COTR.

F. Shop Assembly

1. Visual inspection of the shop-assembled machinery shall be made by and shop tests shall be witnessed by, a designated representative of the COTR. If any malfunctions are observed, they shall be corrected and such units shall pass all shop tests before release from the machinery manufacturer's shop.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 7

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2. After each unit has passed all shop tests, the manufacturer shall prepare Certificates of Compliance with the specified tests and shall submit them to the COTR.

G. Specialized Machinery Components Field Installation and Inspection

1. For the installation, adjustment and alignment of all specialized machinery components, the Contractor shall provide for the presence at the job site of manufacturers service personnel skilled in these specialties. Such service personnel shall be properly equipped with all necessary instruments to assure that related components have been provided within acceptable tolerances and to make all necessary adjustments for attaining the specified ratings.

H. Inspection and Testing

1. The Contractor shall give no less than ten (10) working days notice to the COTR of the beginning of work at foundries, forge and machine shops so that inspection may be provided. No materials shall be cast, forged, or machined before the COTR has been notified where the orders have been placed. 2. The Contractor shall furnish all facilities for the inspection of material and workmanship in the foundries, forge and machine shops and the Inspector designated by the COTR shall be allowed free access to necessary parts of the premises. Work done while the Inspector has been refused access or presented in a manner that prevents adequate inspection will automatically be rejected. 3. The Inspector shall have the authority to reject materials or workmanship, which do not fulfill the requirements of these Specifications. 4. Inspection at the foundries, forge and machine shops is intended as a means of facilitating the work and shall not relieve the Contractor of their responsibility in regard to imperfect material or workmanship and the necessity for replacing defective materials or workmanship which are delivered to the job site. 5. The Contractor shall furnish the COTR with a copy of all orders covering work performed by subcontractors or suppliers. 6. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish without additional charge test specimens as required and all labor, testing machines, tools and equipment necessary to prepare the specimens and to make the physical tests and chemical analyses required by material specifications. A copy of all test reports and chemical analyses shall be furnished to the COTR. 7. The acceptance of any material or finished parts by the COTR shall not be a bar to their subsequent rejection if found defective. Rejected material and workmanship shall be replaced or made acceptable by the Contractor at no additional cost.

I. Defective Materials and Workmanship

1. All machinery rejected during inspection and testing shall be removed from the work site and replaced without additional cost. 2. Delays resulting from the rejection of material, equipment or work shall not be the basis of any claim. 3. All defects found during the guarantee period resulting from faulty material, components, workmanship, or installation shall be corrected by the Contractor without cost. Amtrak reserves the right to make necessary correction with its own forces and charge the resulting costs to the Contractor.

J. Training: The Contractor shall provide five (5) days of instruction to Amtrak Maintenance personnel. The instruction shall include but not be limited to the following with respect to all machinery components:

1. Normal Maintenance 2. Checking and adding lubricants

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 8

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Purging and replacing lubricants 4. Normal operation 5. Instrument drive adjustments 6. Reducer shaft seal replacement 7. Air Motor Emergency operation

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STANDARDS PRODUCTS

A. Materials and equipment shall be essentially the standard catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials or equipment and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. Materials and equipment shall essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use at least two years prior to bid opening. Where two units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the system need not be the products of the same manufacturer. Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer's name and address and the model and serial number on a nameplate, securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable.

2.2 MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS

A. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being installed, printed copies of these recommendations shall be furnished to the COTR prior to installation. Installation of the item will not be allowed to proceed until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material. The Contractor shall provide all special machining and installation required by the manufacturer.

2.3 CASTINGS

A. All necessary precautions shall be taken to fabricate the castings free of cracks, cold shuts, shrink holes, blowholes, and porosity.

B. All castings shall be cleaned free of loose scale and sand; all fins, seams, gates, risers, and other irregularities shall be removed. All unfinished edges of castings shall be neatly cast with rounded corners, and all inside angles shall have ample fillets.

C. All castings shall be ultrasonically tested in accordance with ASTM A609, Method A, Quality Level 3. Castings that do not pass this test may be rejected. Test results, whether positive or negative, shall be submitted to the COTR. Test records meeting Quality Level 4 may be considered for weld repaired, provided the fabricator submits a procedure to the COTR for review and approval. All repair procedures shall include a means to qualify the repair. Test records meeting Quality Level 5 or higher shall be cause for rejection, and not be allowed for weld repair. Rejection shall result in the Contractor providing a new casting meeting the acceptance criteria, at no additional cost to Amtrak.

D. All castings shall be visually inspected in accordance with ASTM A 802, Level II. Castings that do not pass this test may be rejected. Test results, whether positive or negative, shall be submitted to the COTR. Test records meeting Level III may be considered for weld repair, provided the fabricator submits a

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 9

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

procedure to the COTR for review and approval. All repair procedures shall include a means to qualify the repair.

E. All castings shall be magnetic particle examined in accordance with ASTM E125. The following level of discontinuities will be acceptable.

Type I Cracks/Hot Tears ¼” max Type II Shrink Degree 3 Type III Inclusions Degree 3 Type IV Chaplets Degree 2 Type V Porosity Degree 1

F. Test results, whether positive or negative, shall be submitted to the COTR. All surface discontinuities may be considered for weld repaired, provided the fabricator submits a procedure to the COTR for review and approval. All repair procedures shall include a means to qualify the repair.

G. All proposed weld repairs shall be performed prior to all heat treatment so that no weld repairs will be necessary after machining. In addition, all surface defects removed by machining shall be performed prior to heat treatment.

2.4 FORGINGS

A. Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel Forgings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A668 unless otherwise approved by Amtrak.

B. All forgings shall be reduced to size from a single bloom or ingot until the cross sectional grain is homogeneous. The blooms or ingots shall have a cross-sectional area at least three times that required after finishing. No forging shall be done at less than a red heat.

C. Unless otherwise indicated, perform for each forging:

1. Magnetic Particle exams in accordance with ASTM A275 and ASTM E709 performed by fabricator after finish machining.

2. Ultrasonic exams in accordance with ASTM A388 performed by foundry.

D. Forgings acceptance based on non-destructive test free of indication of discontinuities unless otherwise noted or acceptance criteria of the forging material standard.

E. ASTM A668 forging class designations with an H suffix shall be Brinell tested to meet the designated hardness.

F. Forgings that are welded for fabrication of the completed machinery part shall have carbon content limited in accordance with Supplementary Requirement S4.

G. No tack welding on forged materials permitted for lugs to aid with handling materials.

H. Submit certified material test reports for forgings unless otherwise noted. Submit factory test reports if required.

2.5 SHAFTING AND PINS

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 10

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. All shafts and pins shall be accurately finished, round, smooth and straight and, when turned to different diameters, shall have rounded fillets at the shoulders. Each shaft or pin having a uniform diameter of 8 inches or more and each shaft or pin having several diameters, of which the smallest is 8 inches or more, shall be bored lengthwise through the center to a diameter approximately one-fifth the smallest body diameter.

B. All shafts shall conform to tolerances in ASTM A29 unless otherwise indicated. Turned, ground and polished shafting straightness tolerances shall be 0.002 inches per foot for shafts up to and including 1-½ inches in diameter and 0.005 inches per foot for shafts over 1-½ inches in diameter.

C. Each end of all shafts, when finished to the required lengths shall have a 60-degree lathe center, with clearance hole, at the exact center of the shaft. Shafts that are bored with an inspection hole shall have the ends prepared for the attachment of a centering device equivalent to the lathe center. All such devices shall be furnished as part of the work.

D. Where shown on the drawings, stepped shafts shall have fillets blended in smoothly to adjacent surfaces without tool marks or scratches. Unless otherwise required herein or on the drawings to have a finer finish, the surfaces shall have an ANSI maximum roughness of 63 micro inches.

E. All cold-finished shafting shall be steel of the type and grade shown on the drawings and shall be tested for its mechanical properties and a test certificate shall be furnished to the COTR. Each cold-finished shaft shall be free from camber and shall run without vibration, noise, or chatter at all speeds up to and including the maximum rated speed.

F. All hubs mounted on the ends of cold-finished shafts shall have the fit specified herein or on the drawings. To obtain the required fit between hub and shaft, the Contractor shall furnish the cold-finished shaft 1/16 inch larger than the nominal diameter specified and shall turn the ends to the required dimension for the hub. The Contractor may, at his option, furnish any cold-finished shaft of one diameter end to end; but such a shaft shall have tolerances selected from the normal manufacturing range to provide the specified fit. The selected tolerances shall be shown on the shop drawings.

G. Turned, ground and polished commercial shafting of the grade specified shall be used where shown on the drawings.

H. All shafting shall be made from ASTM A668 class K forgings unless otherwise noted.

2.6 FASTENERS

A. All bolts for connecting machinery parts to each other or to supporting members shall be as shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise and conform to one of the following types:

1. Machinery Fit, high-strength bolts. 2. Structural Fit, high strength bolts. 3. Turned bolts, turned cap screws and turned studs. 4. Countersunk socket head cap screws.

B. All high strength bolts shown on the mechanical drawings shall be machinery fit unless otherwise noted. All high strength bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A325.

C. Holes for Machinery Fit high strength bolts shall be individually reamed for a clearance of not more than 0.010 inch with the actual bolt for that hole. The clearance shall be checked with a 0.011inch wire. The hole shall be considered too large if the wire can be inserted in the hole together with the bolt. To achieve this machinery fit throughout the entire grip length, it is the Contractors responsibility to correct

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 11

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

any slight bend in to bolt shank. Structural Fit high strength bolts shall have a maximum clearance of 1/16 inch between the bolt shank and hole.

D. Both Machinery Fit and Structural Fit high strength bolts shall be connected using nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM A563.

E. Turned bolts, turned cap screws and turned studs shall have turned shanks and cut threads. Turned bolts shall have semi-finished, washer-faced, hexagonal heads and nuts. Turned cap screws shall have finished, washer-faced, hexagonal heads. All finished shanks of turned fasteners shall be 1/16 inch larger in diameter than the diameter of the thread, which shall determine the head and nut dimensions. The shanks of all turned fasteners shall have Class LC1 fit in the finished holes in accordance with ANSI Standard B18.2. The material used for machining turned shank fasteners shall meet the requirements of ASTM A193, Grade B7. Turned bolts shall be connected using nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM A194. Turned fasteners shall be fully detailed on shop drawings.

F. Socket flat countersunk head cap screws shall conform to ASTM F879 (Stainless Steel) for diameters less than 5/8” and ASTM F835 (Alloy Steel) for diameters greater than 5/8” with cadmium-plated protective coating.

G. The dimensions of socket-head cap screws, socket flathead cap screws and socket-set screws shall conform to ANSI Standard B18.3. The screws shall be furnished with a self-locking nylon pellet embedded in the threaded section. Unless otherwise called for on the drawings or specified herein, set screws shall be of the headless safety type, shall have threads of coarse thread series and shall have cup points. Set screws shall neither be used to transmit torsion nor as the fastening or stop for any equipment that contributes to the stability or operation of the bridge.

H. Bolt holes through unfinished surfaces shall be spot faced for the head and nut, square with the axis of the hole.

I. Unless otherwise called for, all bolt holes in machinery parts or connecting these parts to the supporting steel work shall be subdrilled at least ¼ inch smaller in diameter than the bolt diameter and shall be reamed assembled for the proper fit at assembly or at erection with the steel work after the parts are correctly assembled and aligned.

J. All elements connected by bolts shall be drilled or reamed assembled to assure accurate alignment of the hole and accurate clearance over the entire length of the bolt within the specified limit.

K. Holes in shims and fills for machinery parts shall be reamed or drilled to the same tolerances as the connected parts at final assembly.

L. Wherever possible, high strength bolts connecting machinery parts to structural parts or other machinery parts shall be inserted through the thinner element into the thicker element.

M. High-strength bolts shall be installed with a hardened plain washer meeting ASTM F436 at each end.

N. Positive locks of an approved type shall be furnished for all nuts, except those on ASTM A325 bolts. If double nuts are used, they shall be used for all connections requiring occasional opening or adjustment. If lock washers are used for securing, they shall be made of tempered steel and shall conform to the SAE regular dimensions. The material shall meet the SAE tests for temper and toughness.

O. All cotters shall conform to the SAE standard dimensions and shall be made of half-round stainless steel wire, ASTM A276, Type 316.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 12

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

P. All fasteners shall be of United States manufacture and shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer's designation.

2.7 KEYS AND KEYWAYS

A. Keys and keyways shall conform to the dimensions and tolerances for square and flat keys of ANSI Standard B17.1, Keys and Keyseats, unless otherwise specified. All keys shall be effectively held in place, preferably by setting them into closed-end keyways milled into the shaft. The ends of all such keys shall be rounded to a half circle equal to the width of the key. Keyways shall have a radius in the inside corners. Keyways shall not extend into any bearing. If two keys are used in a hub, they shall be located 120 degrees apart and in line with wheel arms where practicable. The fit between key and keyways shall be as shown on the drawings.

B. Unless otherwise specified herein or in the drawings, keys shall be machined from carbon steel forgings, ASTM A668, Class K.

2.8 BEARINGS AND BUSHINGS

A. Anti-friction bearings shall be selected for B-10 life of 40,000 hours for the ratings shown on the Plans.

B. Pillow block and flange-mounted roller bearings shall be, adapter mounting, self-aligning expansion and nonexpansion types as called for on the drawings. Housings shall be cast steel and capable of withstanding the design radial load in any direction, including uplift. Bases shall be cast without mounting holes. Undersized mounting holes shall be drilled from the solid in the shop to ensure perpendicularity and location. Seals shall retain the lubricant and exclude water and debris. Cap bolts on pillow blocks shall be high-strength steel. The cap and cap bolts shall be capable of resisting the rated bearing load as an uplift force.

C. All grease-lubricated bronze bushings 8 inch diameter or less shall have grease grooves cut in a spiral pattern for the full length of the bearing, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or in the Specifications. All grease grooves shall be machine-cut and smooth. The corners of all grooves shall be rounded to a radius of not more than half the width of the groove. The grooves shall be 3/8 inch wide at the bearing surface and be rounded to a 1/8 inch radius, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Grooves for shafts greater than 8 inch diameter shall be as shown on the Plans.

D. Laminated bearing liners shall be surface-bonded, laminated brass or bronze shim stock. The laminations shall be peelable by knife for reductions of 0.003 inch in thickness of the laminated stack. Laminated shims shall be as manufactured by one of the following companies, or approved equal.

1. Ohio Gasket & Shim Company, Akron, OH 2. Metallo Gasket Co., New Brunswick, NJ 3. Allinabal, Milford, CT 4. Spirol International Corp., Danielson, CT 5. Laminated Shim Company, Orange, CA

E. Roller bearings, pillow blocks and flanged bearings shall be as manufactured by one of the following companies, or approved equal:

1. The Timken Company, Torrington, CT 2. Meither Bearing Products, Inc., Odessa, TX 3. SKF Bearing Industries, Inc., King of Prussia, PA 4. Baldor (Dodge), Greenville, SC

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 13

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2.9 SHAFT JOURNALS

A. All journal-bearing areas on shafts and pins shall be accurately machined and polished, with no trace of tool marks or scratches on the journal surface or adjoining shoulder fillets. Burnishing of the shaft journal areas and adjoining shoulder fillets will be acceptable in lieu of polishing provided that the burnishing is done with a Stellite roller or equal, finished to a mirror surface. The surface finish of shaft journals shall be as shown on the drawings. Journal diameters shall be finished to the limits of an ANSI Class RC6 running fit.

2.10 ENCLOSED GEAR REDUCERS

A. Speed reducers shall be models from a product line of one manufacturer, with ratios, dimensions, construction details and AGMA ratings as shown on the Plans. Ratings shall be based on a service factor of 1.0.

B. The external dimensions of the end wedge reducers shall be coordinated with, and match as required, for an in-kind replacement of the existing reducer.

C. The AGMA strength rating shall be based on a torque equal to 300 percent of full-load motor torque. Spur gears shall have helical or herringbone teeth, bearings shall be anti-friction type and housings shall be welded steel plate or steel castings. The inside of the housings shall be sandblast cleaned prior to assembly and be protected from rusting. Exact ratios shall be furnished where specified.

D. Gearing in enclosed factory assembled speed reducers shall be thru hardened and shall conform to AGMA Quality Number 8 or higher. Casehardened gears shall not be used in speed reducers of the span drive.

E. Speed reducers are to be designed so as to meet all requirements of AGMA Standard 6010-E88 for the minimum rating indicated on the Contract Drawings at a service factor of 1.0. In addition, no component or element of the speed reducer shall be stressed to more than 75 percent of the material yield strength at 300 percent of the required nameplate output torque rating.

F. Reducers shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the AGMA and shall have nameplates giving the rated horsepower, ration, speed, service factor and AGMA symbols.

G. Lubrication of the gears and bearings shall be automatic when the unit is in operation.

H. It is preferable that a bath lubrication system be utilized. In a bath lubrication system, all components in the reducer, which require lubrication, are partially submerged in the oil bath.

I. When the configuration of gears and bearings prevent bath lubrication, a splash lubrication system should be used. Splash lubrication systems shall continuously lubricate all gears and bearings properly. Oil feed troughs may be used to supply oil to bearings and gears, which are above the bath. Splash lubrication systems shall be designed such that equal lubrication is supplied to each internal component for both directions of operation.

J. Inspection ports on gear reducers shall provide for inspection of all gears, bearings and other internal devices. The ports shall be located above the oil level, if practicable, so that oil draining is not required for inspection. The port shall be sized such that minor repairs could be made to gearboxes without requiring housing disassembly. Ports shall be properly sealed with seals that do not require replacement when ports are opened.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 14

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

K. Reducers shall be furnished with moisture trap breathers, oil fills, break-proof glass oil level indicators, drains and inspections ports.

L. Moisture-trap breathers shall be located above maximum oil levels in all positions of the reducer during operation and its piping shall enter the unit at the highest point possible. Breathers shall not be mounted in bearing caps.

M. Oil level indicators shall be mounted in locations that can be easily viewed by maintenance crews. On reducers in which the oil level varies by more than ½” per 80°F temperature change, the sight glass shall be graduated. The indicator shall be vented back to the case. Sight glasses shall be of rugged construction and protected against breakage.

N. Oil drains shall be located at the lowest point possible. The drain shall have a hand-operated lever, which can be locked in the closed position. The drain shall be provided with a minimum 6” pipe extension with plug.

O. Oil sampling cocks shall be located in accessible positions on the reducers. There shall be two sampling cocks, one located at the lowest level of oil and one just below the upper oil level.

P. Gear reducers shall have provisions for oil expansion due to churning and temperature change.

Q. Reducer bearings, which are grease lubricated, shall be fitted with readily accessible grease fittings. Internal seals between the bearing housing and the gear oil shall prevent interaction between them. The bearing cavity shall also be equipped with a relief fitting for purging.

R. On shaft extensions, bearing shaft ring seals shall be mechanical type oil seals, which compensate for wear. Dual lip spring loaded seals are preferred.

S. Shaft extensions for the various reducers shall be of the arrangement, lengths and diameters shown on the drawings. Couplings shall be fitted on the shafts in the shop.

T. The manufacturer shall submit for approval a certified print of each speed reducer showing as a minimum the following:

1. All external mounting dimensions including shaft sizes, bores and keyways where required. 2. Internal drawings showing each gearbox component with part numbers. 3. The ratings that will appear on the nameplate. 4. Location of all lubricant connections. 5. Lubrication recommendations.

U. The manufacturer shall submit for approval by the COTR computerized calculations showing conformity to the requirements of the AGMA Standard Practice specified. The reducer design calculations must be made available to the COTR prior to construction of the unit.

V. Reducer bases shall extend past the body of the reducers to allow for mounting bolt hole reaming and bolts installation from above the unit.

W. The speed reducers for the operating machinery shall be equal to those specified on the Drawings and all reducers shall meet the additional requirements set forth on the Drawings and in the Specifications.

X. Manufacturers, which may fabricate speed reducers for the operating machinery, include:

1. Earle Gear by Steward Machine Company, Birmingham, AL 2. Overton Chicago Gear, Chicago, IL

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 15

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. Brad Foote, Cicero, IL

Y. All motors and gear reducers shall be manufactured in North America.

2.11 HUBS AND BORES

A. The hubs of all gears, wheels and couplings shall be finished on both faces and polished where the hub face performs the function of a collar to prevent shaft movement. The hubs shall be bored concentric with the rims of gears and wheels or with the outside of couplings. All hubs shall have an ANSI Class FN2 shrink fit on the shafts, unless otherwise specified. Assembly shall be accomplished by heating the hub, cooling the shaft and moving the parts to correct position without force. The use of liquid nitrogen for cooling is prohibited. Dry ice is recommended for cooling. The methods used for assembling hubs shall be submitted to the COTR for approval.

2.12 SHIMS

A. Where shown on the drawings, all machinery shims required for leveling and alignment of equipment shall be steel, neatly trimmed to the dimensions of the assembled parts and drilled for all bolts that pass through the shims. Shims shall provide full bearing between machinery components and structural supports. In general, sufficient thicknesses shall be furnished to secure 0.015” variations of the shim allowance plus one shim equal to the full allowance. Shims shall be Stainless Steel ASTM A240 Type 304. Shims shall be provided without bolt holes and shall be reamed in the field to the same fit as the other connected components. Shims greater than ½ inch shall include one solid plate of thickness equal to ½ inch less than total shim thickness.

B. Shims shall be shown and fully dimensioned as details on the working drawings. Shims with open side or U-shaped holes for bolts will not be permitted. No shims shall have less than two holes for bolts.

C. The use of peelable laminated shims with solder or resin bonding will be permitted as previously specified. Plastic or other non-metallic shims will not be permitted.

2.13 WELDING

A. Welding required for machinery shall be done in accordance with the requirements in Bridge Welding Code AWS D1.5. All weldments shall be stress relieved. All welds shall be completely tested by ultrasonic inspection (ASTM E164-74) per AWS D1.5 and in accordance with Section 9.25.3. Perform magnetic particle testing for all other welds used to fabricate machinery in accordance with ASTM E709. All machining shall be performed after welding and stress relieving.

B. Where material grade or size is exceeded by the limits of D1.5, welding shall be done in accordance with the Structural Welding Code AWS D1.1. All weldments shall be stress relieved. All partial and full penetration welds used to fabricate machinery shall be completely tested by ultrasonic inspection ASTM E164 per AWS D1.1, Section 6, Part F, and are subject to the acceptance criteria of Part C. Perform magnetic particle testing for all other welds used to fabricate machinery in accordance with ASTM E709. All machining shall be performed after welding and stress relieving.

C. Welding joint sizes and details shall be shown on working drawings. Where multi-pass welds are required, welding procedures shall be submitted on or with shop drawings.

D. Distortion during fabrication shall be kept to a minimum by the use of welding fixtures and proper welding procedures.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 16

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2.14 GROUT

A. See Division 03 Section “NON-SHRINK GROUT”

2.15 MACHINERY GUARDS

A. Machinery guards shall be provided for, but shall not be restricted to the following:

1. Couplings 2. Unused Shaft Extensions 3. Sprockets 4. Shafts mounted at floor level 5. Electrical Control Machinery

B. Machinery guards shall not be required for the rack and pinions. Machinery guards shall be constructed to comply with the applicable requirements of ANSI B15.1, Safety Standard for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus.

C. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, all machinery guards shall be constructed of stainless steel having minimum thickness of No. 12 Gauge (0.105 inch) and shall have provision for removal without requiring disassembly of any machinery component.

D. Machinery guards shall be provided with removable hinged or bolted covers for access to lubrication fittings enclosed by the guard. Phenolic nameplates shall be provided on these covers with lubrication instructions.

E. The inside of machinery guards shall be painted Safety Orange to alert workers to the hazardous condition when removed.

2.16 FLEXIBLE COUPLING

A. Gear-type, self-aligning, full-flexible couplings or semi-flexible couplings with floating shafts shall be used to connect all machinery components, except where other types of couplings are called for on the drawings. All couplings shall have shrouded bolts.

B. The gear-type couplings shall be made of machined forged or cast steel, have curved face teeth and shall provide for at least a  ¾ degree misalignment per gear mesh.

C. Grid-type, self-aligning, fully flexible, torsionally flexible couplings shall be used to connect electric motors to machinery components.

D. The grid-type couplings shall have steel hubs, alloy steel grids and steel or aluminum covers. Bolts in the covers shall be shrouded.

E. Couplings shall be the standard products of an established manufacturer.

F. Special couplings shall be as shown on the drawings.

G. Coupling hubs shall be bored by the coupling manufacturer to the required size and tolerances, including keyways and each hub shipped to the proper location for installation on its shaft by the manufacturer of the connected component.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 17

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

H. All coupling hubs with interference fits shall be provided with tapped holes for a means of removal from the shafts.

I. Grid type flexible couplings shall be as manufactured by one of the following companies, or approved equal:

1. Falk Corporation, Milwaukee, WI 2. Browning Manufacturing Division of Emerson Power

J. Gear couplings shall have two bolt-connected halves, consisting of either two flexible halves or one flexible half and one rigid half and each flexible half shall consist of two parts with meshing teeth; a hub and a flanged sleeve or outer casing. Gear couplings shall be as manufactured by one of the following companies, or approved equal:

1. Falk Corporation, Milwaukee, WI 2. Kop-Flex, Incorporated, Baltimore, MD 3. Sier-Bath Gear Company, Inc., North Bergen, NJ

2.17 LUBRICATION

A. Standard grease fittings for a pressure system of lubrication shall be provided for all bearings and surfaces requiring external lubrication. Not more than two sizes of fittings shall be used. The large size shall be used wherever possible and the smaller size shall be used for motor bearings and other small devices. The large fitting shall be equal to Alemite part number 1823-1 with associated adapters. Pressure fittings shall be rated at a minimum of 10,000 psi. Fittings shall contain a steel check valve that will receive grease and close against backpressure.

B. The large fittings shall be connected directly into the bushings by 1/4-inch minimum size, extra strong, threaded steel pipe and forged threaded fittings. The smaller fittings shall be connected with 1/4-inch pipe where pipe extensions are required or by the size pipe thread furnished with the device to be lubricated.

C. Pipe extensions shall be provided to facilitate access for lubrication but shall be kept as short as practical and shall be rigidly supported at the fittings and at intermediate points.

D. Immediately after the completion of fabrication, all grease fittings shall be plugged until components are installed and regular lubrication is started. The plugs will then be replaced with the proper grease fittings.

E. The Contractor shall furnish three sets of full size lubrication charts and the component manufacturer's lubrication literature for every machinery component, which requires lubrication. The charts shall consist of:

1. A schematic diagram of all machinery showing the location of all lubrication fittings and other points of mechanical and electrical equipment that require lubrication of any kind. These diagrams shall indicate the type of lubrication to be used at each point, the method of application at each point and the frequency of lubrication at each point. 2. A table chart listing each machinery component that requires lubrication, the minimum frequency of inspection, the minimum lubrication frequency, the minimum lubrication change frequency instructions, standards, guidelines and a history of most recent service. 3. One set of charts shall be permanently mounted in each machinery room and one in the storage room in the generator house or as otherwise directed by the COTR. The schematic charts shall be sealed in permanent plastic covers. 4. A fourth set of charts shall be furnished to the COTR as a reference set.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 18

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

5. A Phenolic nameplate matching the number designation shown on the lubrication chart shall be mounted at each lubrication point. Characters on the plates shall be a minimum of 1” high. Plates shall be fastened with stainless steel screws. 6. Maintenance and lubrication manuals for each machinery component shall be kept in the machinery room in a heavy bound binder. 7. The bridge shall be furnished with an amount of lubricants as specified for each lubricant. The amount shall be in addition to the lubricant required for initial lubrication. The lubricant shall be stored in steel containers in each machinery room. 8. The lubricant for each type of machinery component shall be kept separately in clearly marked containers. All measures shall be taken to prevent lubricant contamination.

F. During installation, the Contractor shall lubricate all rotating and sliding parts of the machinery and fill all gear reducers and pillow block housings and flexible couplings with lubricants indicated on the approved charts.

G. Lubrication fittings shall be as manufactured by one of the following companies, or approved equal:

1. Stewart Warner Alemite Corp., Charlotte, NC 2. Lincoln, Inc., St. Louis, MO

2.18 LUBRICANTS

A. General

1. The Contractor shall coordinate all lubricants to be used for bridge machinery with Amtrak Maintenance forces and submit selections to COTR for approval.

B. Enclosed Gear Reducers

1. Enclosed gear reducer lubricant shall meet the requirements of the American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA) Standard 9005-D94 "Industrial Gear Lubrication". 2. The lubricant shall be manufactured by a reputable and knowledgeable supplier of lubrication and all lubricant shall be recommended for use in each application by the lubricant manufacturer. 3. The lubricant shall be recommended for use by the reducer manufacturer. 4. The lubricant should contain oxidation inhibitors, rust inhibitors, anti-foaming agents and anti wear additives. 5. Enclosed Gear Reducer Lubricant specification to be used in conjunction with AGMA Standard 9005-D94. 6. The maintenance of the lubricant, method of application and re-lubrication intervals, shall be recommended by both the reducer manufacturer and the lubricant manufacturer and meet the requirements of the AGMA Standard 9005-D94, unless otherwise stated herein.

C. Open Gears

1. The open gear lubricant utilized must bond strongly to gear teeth to maintain a continuous film on bearing surfaces despite high loading and high load repetition, contain an EP additive, repel water, resist throw off and dripping, maintain consistency over wide temperature variations and allow for ease in application and removal. 2. The lubricant shall have an operating range of (-18 to 94)°C and shall be considered a heavy bodied, adhesive type open gear lubricant by a reputable lubricant manufacturer. 3. Some adhesive lubricants are available in a diluted form for ease of application. This type of lubricant is diluted with solvent that quickly evaporates after application leaving behind an

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 19

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

adhesive tacky film. If such a lubricant is desired, the solvent must be non-flammable and the mixture must not pose any hazard to health. 4. The detailed specifications for open gear lubrications that will satisfy the above requirements do vary. The lubricant chosen shall be comparable to the following lubricants: a. Mobil Mobiltac LL b. Exxon Dynagear

D. Roller Bearings

1. The roller bearing lubricant, the maintenance of the lubricant, method of application and re- lubrication intervals shall be recommended or approved by the manufacturer unless otherwise stated herein.

E. Sleeve Bearings

1. The lubricant shall be comparable to the following: a. Mobil Mobilux EP-2 b. Exxon Lidok EP-2

F. Couplings

1. Coupling lubricant and its maintenance shall be specified by the manufacturer. 2. The lubricant chosen shall be approved for use in sleeve bearings by the lubricant manufacturer.

2.19 SPARE PARTS

1. In addition to the spare parts described under other items the following spare parts shall be provided: a. One complete set of end wedge machinery reducer parts excluding housing. b. One set of center pivot bearing top and bottom discs with set of keys. c. One grid for each grid-type coupling. d. One complete set of gaskets for every flexible coupling. e. Five lubrication fittings of each different type and size used. f. Three Hygroscopic breathers for each type of reducer.

2.20 PAINTS

1. All machinery shall be coated with one coat of epoxy mastic primer manufactured by one of the following companies or an approved equal: a. Sherwin-Williams Co., Epoxy Mastic Aluminum II b. Carboline, Carbomastic 15-Epoxy Mastic 2. Paint for the pre-final field painting of machinery shall consist of one intermediate coat of approved epoxy paint compatible with the prime coat system. 3. The final field applied paint shall consist of one coat of approved polyurethane paint resistant to weathering and abrasion and compatible with the intermediate coat. 4. Paint for painting the interior of gear housings, pillow blocks and flexible couplings shall be special oil-resistant crankcase paint as approved by the paint manufacturer. 5. No paints used shall contain lead. All layer thicknesses shall meet paint manufacturer’s specification.

2.21 COATINGS

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 20

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

1. Where indicated on the Contract Drawings fabricated steel parts and weldments shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with Amtrak. 2. In general, fabricated steel parts having thickness’ less than 3/8” shall be hot-dip galvanized unless made of corrosion resisting material. 3. The threads of all mounting bolts shall be coated with anti-seize compound before assembly of the nuts to prevent corrosion or galling and to facilitate future removal if necessary. 4. Anti-seize compounds shall be as manufactured by the following companies, or approval equal: a. Loctite – Silver Grade b. Never-Seez – Regular Grade

c. Permatex – Aluminum Anti-Seize 5. Rust-inhibiting coatings for temporary protection of machined surfaces shall be as manufactured by one of the following companies, or approved equal:

1. E.F. Houghton & Co., Rust Veto 344 Valley Forge, PA Cosomoline 1058’

2. Sanchem, Inc., Chicago, IL No-Ox-Id "A” Special “X”

3. A.W. Chesterton, Co., Heavy-Duty Rust Guard Stoneham, MA

4. Texaco, Houston, TX Metal Protective Oil L.

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION

3.1 SHOP ASSEMBLY AND TESTING

A. Machinery components shall be shop assembled to verify their correct fit prior to shipment. Any components requiring selective assembly shall be match marked for future assembly. The Contractor shall notify the COTR two weeks prior to final shop inspections and testing.

B. Reducers shall be given a four (4) hour test run, two (2) hours in each direction.

1. This test will be performed at normal operating speeds driven by a motor supplied by the Contractor. The test motor shall be different than the one used in the final installation. Temporary test supports shall be supplied by the Contractor for total assembly. This test will be performed with a representative of the COTR present as an observer. Components not mounted in a common base shall then be disassembled for shipment. 2. Prior to and after each test the inspection covers shall be removed to visually inspect the internal components. As a minimum tooth contact surfaces shall be observed for any unusual defects. This test shall be run with the reducer filled to the full level indicated on the oil sight gage with new oil of the viscosity the manufacturer recommends on his lubrication chart for normal operation. Immediately before the start of the test and at half-hour intervals thereafter, the following measurements shall be made and recorded and the records shall be submitted with the Certificate of Compliance: a. Temperature of ambient air b. Temperature of oil near bottom of crankcase c. Surface temperature of each shaft extension adjacent to shaft seal. d. Sound level at point above and 3 feet distant from center of unit.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 21

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3. The temperature of the oil shall not rise more than 40°F from ambient during this test and no shaft shall experience a temperature rise of more than 50°F from the ambient. The noise level of the reducer shall not exceed 90db with the microphone held 3 feet from the reducer housing. 4. During testing, each speed reducer shall be checked for unusual noise (thumping or any nonuniformity), excessive bearing clearance and any other unusual operating characteristics. The units shall operate smoothly and without excessive vibration or temperature rise. All malfunctions shall be recorded and corrected and the units retested if necessary before release from the manufacturer's shop. After the unit has passed the test, a Certificate of Compliance shall be submitted by the Contractor to the COTR. 5. The proper operation of the lubricating system shall be demonstrated during the shop test. In addition to the test specified above, the proper distribution of load on the gear teeth shall be demonstrated by the application of tooth contact tape applied to each gear and these tapes shall be preserved in the records to be submitted with the Certificate of Compliance.

C. Lubrication

1. During shop inspection and testing, lubrication systems for each component shall be demonstrated so that no passage is blocked and that contact areas receive proper and adequate distribution. Testing shall ensure that dissimilar lubricants do not mix or contaminate one another. Any component not receiving proper or adequate lubrication the Contractor shall report to the COTR for instruction.

3.2 FIELD WORK-GENERAL

A. For each stage of construction, the Contractor shall submit calculations, drawings and procedures detailing their intended scheme for removing, rehabilitating and installing all machinery. Machinery removals, rehabilitation and installation shall be performed in a coordinated manner to ensure all the machinery components fit the adjacent material furnished under other items. All temporary equipment, supports, rigging and work platforms shall be provided and considered part of the work. This shall include the temporary disassembly of existing platforms, supports, grating and mechanical & electrical components and their reassembly to facilitate the removals, rehabilitation of existing and installation of all machinery. All calculations and temporary supports shall be designed and prepared by a New York State Professional Engineer.

3.3 EXISTING MACHINERY REMOVAL

A. Where permanent machinery removal is required, all items shall be removed of and disposed of in accordance with all environmental regulations and local and state law. These items shall include but not be limited to lead paint, components containing lead paint, lubricants or any other environmentally sensitive material. All removals shall be done by methods which result in no damage to any structural, mechanical or electrical component which is to remain. Any damage that does occur to such components shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the COTR by the Contractor at no additional cost to AMTRAK.

3.4 EXISTING MACHINERY REHABILITATION

A. All existing machinery which is to remain shall be rehabilitated as shown on the Drawings and specified and noted herein. All components covered under this Contract and areas affected by the work shall be thoroughly cleaned and exterior non-rubbing surfaces painted with a three coat paint system. All visible surfaces shall be inspected prior to painting for any defects. Defects shall be reported to the COTR. All sharp edges or defects shall be rounded and bended in smooth. See painting section of the specifications

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 22

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

for further details. All existing lubricant for the work items in this Contract shall be removed or purged. For the machinery work items in this Contract, all existing lubrication fittings, piping and connections shall be replaced with new in-kind components. New lubricant shall be applied to prevent corrosion or prior to operation. When assembling machinery with two sliding surfaces both surfaces shall be coated with the approved lubricant. If the machinery component requires to be disassembled, replaced or realigned, new shim packs and fasteners shall be provided to properly assemble. Bolt holes shall be drilled and reamed for proper fit if required. Note, for existing fasteners called out to be replaced on the plans, only nominal dimensions are given. The tapped holes for existing fasteners shall be cleaned and repaired using a thread tap. For tapped holes all remaining portions of the fastener shall be removed. It is the Contractors responsibility to verify all dimensions, tolerance and details prior to ordering/machining new fasteners. New fasteners shall be provided with new washers, nuts and cotter pins (as applicable). New bolt lengths shall suit required final alignment.

3.5 ERECTION

A. Procedures.

1. The Contractor shall submit calculations, Drawings and procedures detailing his intended scheme for installing all machinery. The following procedures shall be submitted: a. Center Pivot Bearing alignment and assembly b. Bogie & Track installation and alignment c. Main Pinion, Secondary Reducer re-alignment d. End Wedge reducer, motor, air motor, coupling installation and alignment e. End Wedge re-alignment 2. Construction and installation shall be done in a coordinated manner to ensure that the machinery components fit the adjacent material furnished under other items. 3. The span shall not be operated by the operating machinery until pinions, bearings and all other machinery are in pre-final alignment and temporarily bolted as approved by the COTR.

B. Alignment

1. All open gearing shall be aligned such that backlash is within tolerance and that at least the center 50% of the face width of each pair of meshing teeth is in contact. The cross-mesh shall not exceed 0.010” per 6-inch face width. All open gear measurements shall be submitted to the COTR for review and approval. The measurements shall include backlash, cross-mesh alignment, tooth valley gap and face contact. The type of bluing or lubricant used for face contact measurements shall be submitted to the COTR for approval prior to any measurements. The measurements shall be performed at a minimum of eight (8) equally spaced span positions ranging from fully open to fully closed.

2. All parts of the machinery shall be match marked for proper assembly and correct orientation. Before final drilling or reaming, all parts shall be adjusted to exact alignment by means of shims. Tapered shims shall be provided at no additional cost only if required to provide full bearing. Electric motors and devices such as limit switches and encoders shall be included with the machinery for such erection. After final alignment and bolting, all parts shall operate smoothly.

C. Fastening

1. ASTM A325 bolts shall be torqued to produce a tension equal to 70% of their minimum specified tensile strength. The tension shall be checked using a calibrated wrench. 2. Torques for other grades or bolts shall be proportioned to their strength and shall be indicated on the erection drawings.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 23

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Quality

1. The machinery shall be erected and adjusted by millwrights competent in the type of work involved. They shall be provided with all necessary measuring and leveling instruments as may be required. 2. Edges and corners, all edges and corners of machinery parts, sheet metal work, bedplates and fabricated supports that are exposed in the finished work shall be rounded or chamfered. All burrs or other surface defects that could be injurious to workers erecting or maintaining the bridge machinery shall be removed. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying and documenting all measurements required to assure that the machinery has been properly installed. The Contractor shall schedule all final measurements with the COTR. All measurements will be subject to the COTR’s approval.

3.6 CONTRACTOR’S INSPECTION

A. After erection is completed, the Contractor shall make a thorough inspection to insure that all gears are clean and free of obstruction, that all parts are properly aligned and adjusted as closely as practicable without actual operation and that all bolts are properly tightened.

B. Inspection of tightened fasteners shall be in accordance with the AREMA Standards. The Contractor's inspection shall also verify that field painting has been performed as specified herein. Touch-up painting shall be performed to correct all painting defects found during this inspection.

C. The Contractor's inspection shall also verify that all machinery components have been lubricated as specified herein.

D. The Contractors shall be accompanied by the COTR, during his final inspection before machinery testing. On the basis of the results of this inspection, the COTR shall determine whether the bridge is ready for testing.

3.7 FIELD TESTING

A. When the mechanical machinery and electrical equipment is ready for testing, the Contractor shall meet with the COTR to arrange a test schedule and shall keep available a complete crew of mechanics for a minimum of four working days in order to provide operation of the span for all tests and to make all adjustments and corrections which shall be required to complete the tests.

B. The Contractor shall prepare a field-testing procedure, which shall be approved by the COTR. The testing procedure shall be coordinated with tests required for the electrical equipment and shall include measurements of power and current drawn by the motors when operating under load as required hereinafter. The Contractor shall be responsible not to exceed the electrical design rating of any component during all testing.

3.8 PAINTING

A. General

1. Cleaning and painting of all unfinished surfaces of machinery shall comply with all the applicable requirements of Amtrak. The Contractor shall submit for review with the working drawings an outline of painting materials and methods as well as limits of painting for each component as well and color of paint for each component.

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 24

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Shop Painting

1. All unfinished machinery external surfaces shall be cleaned with final surface preparation, prior to painting, done by blast cleaning to meet the requirements of SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning" with the following exceptions: a. Flexible Couplings b. Roller Bearing pillow blocks c. Sleeve bearings with blushing in place d. Electric motors e. Brakes f. Limit switches g. Other equipment with shaft seals h. Equipment excepted by the COTR 2. The excepted machinery or equipment shall be cleaned with solvent and hand tools to meet the requirements of SSPC-SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning as depicted in SSPC Vis. 1. 3. After proper surface preparation, all unfinished machinery surfaces, except for those inside of gear housings, flexible couplings and pillow blocks shall be given one shop coat of epoxy primer by hand brushing. Application of primer shall adhere to all relative AREMA Standards and the paint manufacturer recommendations. Insides of gear housings shall be cleaned and protected from rusting by an oil resistant paint as previously specified herein.

C. Field Painting

1. After erection is complete, all machinery surfaces remaining exposed, except rubbing surfaces, shall be thoroughly cleaned with an approved high-flash solvent (noted below), all exposed metal surfaces such as mounting bolts, lifting points and all other paint defects or voids shall be given one coat of epoxy primer. After successfully completing the prime coat, all machinery shall be given one field coat of epoxy paint applied by hand brushing. Application of paint shall adhere to all relative Standard Specifications and the paint manufacturer recommendations. Acceptable epoxy paint system manufacturers are given under MATERIALS. Colors for the field coats will be selected from manufacturer's standard samples with the approval of the COTR. 2. The Contractor shall take special care to avoid painting of machinery surfaces that are in normal rubbing contact. All nameplates, legend plates and escutcheons mounted on machinery shall be masked for protection from paint. Lubrication fittings shall be kept clog-free. 3. After completion of the operating tests and acceptance of the machinery, all accumulated oil, grease, dirt and other contaminants shall be washed from exposed machinery surfaces, excepting rubbing surfaces, with an approved high-flash solvent. The cleaned exposed surfaces shall then he hand brush painted a third final field coat of polyurethane paint compatible with the epoxy paint specified above, which shall color-code the machinery to distinguish between fixed and moving parts. Again, the application of paint shall adhere to all relative Standard Specifications and the paint manufacturer recommendations. The following colors shall be used: a. Federal Safety Orange: Except for rubbing surfaces, for all moving parts of the machinery such as shafting, couplings and the side of gears and brake wheels. b. Federal Safety Green: For all stationary parts of the machinery. 4. Paint for the final field coat, which shall be compatible with the previous field coats, shall be resistant to weathering and abrasion, conforming to OSHA color requirements of the Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards, ANSI Z53.1. The brand and colors shall be submitted to the COTR for approval. The Contractor shall place cautionary signs in the Operator's House and at the entrances to the machinery rooms that shall explain the color code. Details of the sign giving text, dimensions and materials shall be placed on a shop drawing. 5. The Contractor shall adhere to all relative AREMA Standards and the paint manufacturer recommendations for application of the approved paint system. The Contractor shall also coordinate their shop and field schedule to coincide with time constraints of application of primer, intermediate and final coats of paint. The shop and field painting procedure listed here may be

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 25

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

revised to meet the time constraints of application of the required coats of paint. Such revision shall not result in additional cost to Amtrak and shall be subject to approval by the COTR.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. The work of this Section will not be measured for payment. The Contractor’s cost in connection therewith will be considered incidental to the item of work to which it pertains.

END OF SECTION

BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL 150000 - 26

SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 150010 – CENTER PIVOT BEARING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The basic requirements of the Division 15 Section "BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL" shall apply to the work described in this section.

B. The work shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to install new machinery as detailed on the Plans. Installation of the structural supports is covered under the appropriate Structural Steel pay items.

C. The components required for this work shall include but not be limited to the following:

1. Center Pivot Bearing Assembly

2. Fasteners

3. Shims

4. Lubrication Fittings

D. It is the intent and purpose of this Section of the Special Provisions to cover and include all apparatus, tools, devices, material, equipment, and labor necessary to properly detail, manufacture, shop assemble and test, ship, install, erect, align, adjust, lubricate, field test, paint, and put in approved working order the above listed work as specified herein. Any apparatus, tool, device, material and labor not specified herein, mentioned, or included at a substantial manner satisfactory to the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor and without additional cost to Amtrak.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall conform to the requirements shown on the Plans and as specified in "Bridge Machinery in General".

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION

3.1 SHOP ASSEMBLY AND OPERATION

CENTER PIVOT BEARING 150010 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. General

1. All tests shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in “Bridge Machinery in General”. Any temporary supports for the test shall be supplied by the Contractor.

2. The center pivot assemblies shall be completely shop assembled as one unit to confirm fit-up of every element.

3. The upper disc shall be rotated 360 degrees in each direction in order to ensure the curvature is consistent in all positions.

4. Demonstrate the lubrication passages are functioning and unobstructed.

3.2 FIELD ALIGNMENT

A. Field alignment of the new center pivot bearings shall result in positioning of the bridge to with ± 1/32” of the center of the bogie track and operating rack. Shimming is provided for vertical positioning of the bridge to provide the required loading of the bogies and end wedges.

B. The center bearing shall be adjusted to take 65% of the swing span dead load in conjunction with the bogies (35% dead load) and establish the proper bridge elevation and end wedge load.

C. A separate procedure shall be submitted to the Engineer for alignment and adjustment of bogie and end wedge loads prior to start of this work.

3.3 FINAL TESTING

A. A final testing procedure shall be submitted. The testing procedure shall include but not be limited to the verification of the proper operation and/or final adjustment of the following:

1. Center Pivot Bearing Assembly

2. Overall Machinery Alignment

3. Overall vertical loading of bogies and end wedges

B. When the machinery is ready for final field-testing, the operating machinery shall be driven by the main electrical system through at least ten complete cycles.

C. Power and current drawn by each span drive motor shall be automatically recorded on a strip chart moving at the rate of 10” per minute or faster. Each rotation of an intermediate shaft shall be recorded on the chart by an event marker to define the span position. The recording shall be made for complete cycles of opening and closing and the number of cycles during which measurements are made shall be established by the Engineer.

D. During the test runs, the entire operating machinery shall be inspected to determine whether everything is in proper working order and fully meets the requirements of the Contract Drawings and these Specifications. The temperature rise of all electrical components shall not exceed design ratings. If any tests show that any components are defective or inadequate, or function improperly, the Contractor shall make all corrections, adjustments, or replacement required before the final acceptance at no additional cost.

CENTER PIVOT BEARING 150010 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. No separate measurement will be made for work in this section.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. The lump sum price shall include the cost of all labor, materials, equipment, finishing, testing and incidental expenses to complete the work.

B. The Center Pivot Bearing shall include the following work; Removals, a new center pivot bearing assembly, fasteners, shims, painting, installation, temporary supports, rigging, assembly, lubrication, spare parts and testing.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. Payment will be under:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

150010.01 Center Pivot Bearing Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

CENTER PIVOT BEARING 150010 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 150020 – BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The basic requirements of the Division 15 Section "BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL" shall apply to the work described in this section.

C. The components required for this work shall include but not be limited to the following:

1. Bogie Assemblies Installed (4 Required)

2. One complete Bogie Assembly shall be provided as a spare. Spare assembly does not include Equalizer Yoke Weldment, Machined Fill Plate, and Track.

3. Track

4. Fasteners

5. Shims

6. Grease Fittings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall conform to the requirements shown on the Plans and as specified in "Bridge Machinery in General".

BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK 150020 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Forgings for Wheels and Tracks to be hardness matched to a relative hardness difference of 50 points on the Brinell scale.

C. Axle and Shaft forgings to include supplementary requirement S7 with 100% ultrasonic testing after heat treatment and rough machining. No indications greater than FBH size #8 (8/64 inch) at less than 2-1/4 inches depth. Use steel reference blocks. Submit test results whether positive or negative to Engineer.

D. Test specimens from the Axle and Shaft forgings shall be machined and tested for ductility at 0 degree Fahrenheit in accordance with either supplementary requirement S5.1 (bend test, E290) or ASTM A370, standard test methods and definitions for Charpy impact testing. Forgings that do not pass one of these tests will be rejected. Submit test results whether positive or negative to Engineer.

1. For impact testing the average minimum toughness shall be 25 ft-lbf.

E. Prior to submitting shop drawings, perform the following, and record on shop drawings;

1. Measure and create a hole template from the locations of existing track anchors for each track segment. Match mark track segments.

2. Measure the elevation between the top of center pier to bottom flange of transverse girder at each edge and along radial center line of new bogie (reference Contract Drawing No. M-3). Four measurements per bogie location, and a total of 16 measurements.

3. Measure distance between longitudinal girders next to connections with transverse girders (two locations). Measure width of longitudinal girder bottom flange (four locations).

4. Measure distance between longitudinal girder and track stringer (four locations).

5. Shop drawings shall fully detail all existing structural members which are shown in the Contract Plans and are part of the connection to the Equalizer Yoke Weldment.

F. Each track segment to have (3) 3/4”-16 UNF jacking screws with hex nut, equally spaced between holes for anchors. Drill and tap 3/4”-16 UNF through track flanges for jacking screws. Jacking screws to be zinc plated grade 5 material. Provide 1/8” thick 464 naval brass plate for bearing at bottom of each jacking screw.

G. Use ASTM A709 Grade 50 for fill plates. Provide at least a 1/4 inch extra material thickness for machining.

H. Cap screws to have at least 1 and a half diameters of thread engagement into threaded holes in parts. Submit cap screw manufacturer’s certification and report to the Engineer.

I. Split lock washers to be AISI stainless steel 316.

J. Yoke weldment mounting holes to be undersized to 9/16” diameter for initial field fit up. Final bolts into structure to be high strength finished body bolts machined fit with reamed holes through all members.

K. See Section 2.13 for welding requirements and testing. Due to the critical function and loading of the bogie assemblies the welding for bogie components shall be inspected and documented as part of the records for future maintenance and inspections. Future maintenance and inspection requirements shall include inspection of bogie components welds with descriptive procedures in the Maintenance Manual.

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION

BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK 150020 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3.1 SHOP ASSEMBLY AND TESTING

A. General

1. Install screws in tapped holes with an approved threadlocker coating, and approved split lock washer.

2. All tests shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in “Bridge Machinery in General”. Any temporary supports for the test shall be supplied by the Contractor.

3. All four bogies and the entire track shall be shop assembled to verify proper fit-up, alignment, track contact and bearing alignment. All temporary supports frames, jigs and equipment shall be provided as part of this testing. The testing shall include mounting the four bogies to a common frame in their respective positions and alignments and manually rotating the entire frame with bogies five times. The test shall include verification of the wheel and track contact using a suitable contact fluid.

B. Acceptance Criteria:

1. Acceptance criteria is based on the assembly holding the alignment tolerance in levelness and concentricity during the test operations.

a. Levelness is parallelism as defined in Contract Plans, M-6 ‘Alignment Detail –Elevation’. Shop tolerance is half of this defined installation tolerance.

b. Concentricity is as defined in Contract Plans M-6, ‘Section E’. Shop tolerance is half of this defined installation tolerance

2. Each Bogie fully assembled on the track with its yoke to be level in the radial direction to within shop tolerance defined above. Yoke to be held by frame or blocking from rotation in the tangential direction.

3. Use a precision machined fixed center mark of the track and precision machined center mark of the bogie assemblies support frame to check concentricity while rotating the bogies. Track center mark to be fixed within +/- 0.004 inch relative to the track inside radius. Bogies to be positioned relative to the track inside radius within +/- 0.004 inch prior to test rotations. During the test rotations the center marks of the bogie support frame and track to hold alignment within the shop tolerance defined above.

4. Acceptance criteria will be supplemented by contact fluid pattern on tracks after defined test rotations indicating at a consistent pattern across wheel path width. A pattern of continuous contact at the edge of the wheels.

3.2 FIELD ALIGNMENT

A. Field alignment of the new bogie assemblies and track shall result in positioning of the bridge to within ± 1/32” of the center pivot bearing and operating rack/track. Shimming is provided for vertical positioning of the bridge to provide the required loading of the bogies.

B. The bogies shall be adjusted to take 35% of the swing span dead load in conjunction with the center pivot bearing (65% dead load) and establish the proper bridge elevation and end wedge load.

C. A separate procedure shall be submitted to the Engineer for alignment and adjustment of bogie and end wedge loads prior to start of this work.

BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK 150020 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Suggested installation procedure:

1. After jacking span and removing the drum girder, rollers and tracks, hand and tool clean the transverse girder, gusset plate, and longitudinal girder at their bottom flange connection over the entire area before installing the bogie yoke weldment.

2. Survey the track radius and mark centers for each bogie yoke at center of transverse girder. Use a fixture for centering the yoke under the transverse girder.

3. Install new track by assembling segments together with turned bolts. Measure track concentricity to center pivot to a tolerance of 0.015 inch to the track inside diameter machined face.

4. Core out existing anchors and install new epoxy anchors to secure track. Chip concrete to allow for 1” minimum grout thickness. Install anchors and (3) jacking screws per track segment. Epoxy brass bearing plate for each jacking screw to concrete and coat the top with grease.

5. Measure track levelness using a machined taper gage, matched to track angle, and machinist level at (3) radial positions on each segment (center, and each end). Levelness to be within +/- 0.003 inch across width of track and +/- 0.010 inch across chordal length of each segment. Segment joints to be aligned to within +/- 0.002 inch.

6. Install new 1/2” fill plate to match surface of existing gusset plate. Install yoke with at least (3) undersized bolts through the gusset plate and (4) through fill plate for a total of at least (7) undersized bolts in undersized drilled holes. Add alignment shims between yoke, gusset plate, and fill plate.

7. Refer to Alignment Detail in Contract drawings. Use laser survey equipment to measure yoke equalizer bore alignment to within +/- 0.002 inch levelness individually and 0.01 degree levelness to each other. Measure radial alignment dimension to center of pivot bearing. Measure equalizer bearing centerline angular alignment in plan view with respect to center of pivot bearing. Use a piano wire pulled through the equalizer holes to the center of pivot bearing. Measure concentricity of each side of equalizer bearing to the piano wire, and levelness of piano wire with correction for piano wire sag.

8. Measure (4) gap locations between yoke and bottom of existing gusset plate, and (8) gap location between yoke and bottom of new 1/2” fill plate using thickness gages to an accuracy of 0.0005 inch. Locations to be at each corner and center lines of yoke, and two locations at yoke center hole. Reference Contract Drawing No. M-8, detail of the Machined Fill Plate.

9. Machine the 1” nominal Machined Fill Plate to measured gap locations, made up of (4) flat three dimensional planes modeled by averaging the gap measurements.

10. After shop milling the Machined Fill Plate, install the plate using temporary bolts and recheck all alignment tolerances. Make corrections to the Machined Fill Plate as required by the Engineer. Drill and ream the structural members using the yoke as a template while holding yoke securely with temporary bolts.

11. Install machinery fit bolts and torque as per general requirements.

12. Position bogie truck into yoke from one side without wheels assemblies.

13. Install equalizer shaft assembly, and wheel assemblies. Grease bearing interfaces during assembly.

3.3 FINAL TESTING

BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK 150020 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. A final testing procedure shall be submitted. The testing procedure shall include but not be limited to the verification of the proper operation and/or final adjustment of the following:

1. Bogie and Track Assembly

2. Overall Machinery Alignment

3. Overall vertical loading of bogies and end wedges

B. When the machinery is ready for final field-testing, the operating machinery shall be driven by the main electrical system through at least ten complete cycles.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. No separate measurement will be made for work in this section.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. The lump sum price shall include the cost of all labor, materials, equipment, finishing, testing and incidental expenses to complete the work.

B. Bogie assemblies and track installation shall include the following work; Removals, new bogie assemblies, track, fasteners, shims, painting, installation, temporary supports, rigging, assembly, lubrication, spare parts and testing.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. Payment will be under:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

150020.01 Bogie Assemblies and Track Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

BOGIE ASSEMBLIES AND TRACK 150020 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 150030 – OPERATING MACHINERY WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The basic requirements of the Division 15 Section "BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL" shall apply to the work described in this section.

C. The components required for this work shall include but not be limited to the following:

1. Pinion Couplings (2 Required)

2. Pinion Bearing Stop Block Assemblies (2 Required)

3. Fasteners

4. Shims

5. Grease Fittings

D. The work shall include aligning and adjusting (2) Main Pinion & Low Speed Assemblies – This work is required to establish the “Best-fit” location of main pinions through travel of the bridge. This includes optimizing the backlash, strain gaging the main pinion torque, measuring bolt loading of the lower pinion bearings to understand the variation throughout the bridge rotation. Field machining of the pinion bearing support surfaces flat is also required to properly mount the bearings. New fasteners and shims are to be furnished by the Contractor to field install components in their final positions.

E. The work includes removal of the existing pinion assembly mounting support, cleaning and reinstalling the support, alignment and connected to existing and new structural steel. The work shall also include removal of existing bearing stop blocks and installing new bearing stop block assemblies after final alignment of the pinion has been accepted.

F. It is the intent and purpose of this Section of the Special Provisions to cover and include all apparatus, tools, devices, material, equipment, and labor necessary to properly detail, manufacture, shop assemble and test, ship, install, erect, align, adjust, lubricate, field test, paint, and put in approved working order the above listed work as specified herein. Any apparatus, tool, device, material and labor not specified herein, mentioned, or included at a substantial manner satisfactory to the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor and without additional cost to Amtrak.

OPERATING MACHINERY WORK 150030 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall conform to the requirements shown on the Plans and as specified in "Bridge Machinery in General".

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION

3.1 SHOP ASSEMBLY AND OPERATION

A. General

1. All tests shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in “Bridge Machinery in General”. Any temporary supports for the test shall be supplied by the Contractor.

3.2 STRAIN GAGE AND LOAD CELL MEASUREMENTS

A. The span torque at the main pinion shafts shall be measured and determined by using the strain gage method. This method shall include using strain gages on both main pinion shafts and recording equipment to measure strain in the shafts as a function of bridge position. A minimum of 3 successful runs with repeatable data shall be used to determine the operating torque. Measurements shall be taken on a non- windy day. The strain shall be used to determine pinion torque as a function of bridge position. During the strain gage testing the force in the main pinion bearings shall be measured and recorded using load cells. The data shall be recorded at the same time the strain gage measurements are taken as a function of bridge position. The load testing for the force in the pinion bolts shall be performed with temporary fasteners with the bridge operated at reduced speed. Temporary bolts hall be tensioned to a nominal tension and monitored for peak and extreme changes in load. The temporary fasteners shall be equal to the existing bolts, however they shall not be used as part of the final installation. New fasteners are to be provided after all testing is complete. As a final check the Contractor shall verify the lower pinion bearings have not moved from the tested condition to the final condition after the final bolts are installed. The procedures and equipment selected shall be by a Professional Engineer licensed in New York and have completed the strain gage measurements on 3 movable bridges in the last 5 years.

B. This data collected shall be used with the backlash measurements to determine the best fit of the final pinion bearing alignment & adjustments.

C. After all components have been re-assembled the Contractor shall repeat the complete set of measurements taken prior to the work as a final check/verification.

3.3 FIELD ALIGNMENT

A. Field alignment the existing pinion assemblies shall result in the proper engagement of the pinion teeth with the operating rack.

B. After the final alignment of the two pinions has been accepted, new bearing stop block assemblies shall be installed.

C. A separate procedure shall be submitted to the Engineer for pre-work field measurements, reinstallation alignment, and adjustment of the pinion assemblies.

OPERATING MACHINERY WORK 150030 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3.4 FINAL TESTING

A. A final testing procedure shall be submitted. The testing procedure shall include but not be limited to the verification of the proper operation and/or final adjustment of the following:

1. Rack and pinion alignment as per the measurements outlined on the plans and loading measurements as outlined in this provision.

2. Overall machinery alignment as per the measurements outlined on the plans for the gearing, and the manufacturer’s requirements for any affected components.

3. Overall vertical loading of bogies and end wedges and the center pivot bearings, as proposed as part of the Contractor’s plan for the machinery installation and coordination requirements.

B. When the machinery is ready for final field-testing, the operating machinery shall be driven by the main electrical system through at least ten complete cycles.

C. Power and current drawn by each span drive motor shall be automatically recorded on a strip chart moving at the rate of 10” per minute or faster. Each rotation of an intermediate shaft shall be recorded on the chart by an event marker to define the span position. The recording shall be for the complete cycles of opening and closing and the number of cycles established by the Engineer.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. No separate measurement will be made for work in this section.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. The lump sum price shall include the cost of all labor, materials, equipment, finishing, testing and incidental expenses to complete the work.

B. The Operating Machinery Work shall include the following work; Removals, rehabilitation of existing components, new pinion couplings, new pinion bearing stop block assemblies, fasteners, shims, painting, installation, temporary supports, rigging, assembly, lubrication, spare parts and testing.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. Payment will be under:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

150030.01 Operating Machinery Work Lump Sum

OPERATING MACHINERY WORK 150030 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

END OF SECTION

OPERATING MACHINERY WORK 150030 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 150040 – END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The basic requirements of the Division 15 Section "BRIDGE MACHINERY IN GENERAL" shall apply to the work described in this section.

C. The components required for this work shall include but not be limited to the following:

1. Speed Reducers (3 Required, including one spare without housing)

2. Bearings B3 (4 Required of each designation*)

3. Bearing B3A (4 Required of each designation*)

4. New 2½ Nominal Motor Floating Shaft (2 Required)

5. New 2½ Nominal Motor Fixed Shaft (2 Required)

6. Bearings B4, B5, B6 & B7 (8 Required of each designation)

7. Couplings C11A (4 Required of each designation)

8. Couplings C12A, C13 & C14 (2 Required of each designation)

9. Couplings C15, C16 & C17 (4 Required of each designation)

10. Spring Loaded Connected Rods (6 Required, 4 installed & 2 spares)

11. Electrical Motors (2 Required)

12. Air Motors (2 Required)

13. Air Line Assemblies (2 Required)

14. Fasteners

15. Shims

END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS 150040 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

16. Grease Fittings

Note *: Each of the fixed drive shafts for end wedge machinery shall be mounted in one non-expansion and one expansion type bearings. The non-expansion bearing shall be the one closest to the reducer.

D. The work shall include re-alignment of (4) existing end wedge bases. This work includes surveying the existing positions, removal, refurbishing the existing anchor bolts with a die, reinstallation of bases, new grout pads, new nuts & washers, new wedge socket shoes on the South pier bases with new fasteners.

E. The work shall include rehabilitation of the end wedge drive machinery and installation of new components as shown on the Plans.

F. The work shall include re-alignment, rehabilitation and adjustment of gaps of (2) existing rigid stops. This work includes surveying the existing positions, removal, refurbishing the existing anchor bolts with a die, reinstallation of bases, new grout pads, new nuts & washers, new blocking, shims and fasteners as required.

G. It is the intent and purpose of this Section of the Special Provisions to cover and include all apparatus, tools, devices, material, equipment, and labor necessary to properly detail, manufacture, shop assemble and test, ship, install, erect, align, adjust, lubricate, field test, paint, and put in approved working order the above listed work as specified herein. Any apparatus, tool, device, material and labor not specified herein, mentioned, or included at a substantial manner satisfactory to the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor and without additional cost to Amtrak.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall conform to the requirements shown on the Plans and as specified in "Bridge Machinery in General".

B. The new drive reducer for the end wedge machinery shall be replaced in-kind with the exception of the 11 input shaft diameter. The input shaft diameter shall be increased to 1 /16”.

C. The end wedge connecting rod bearings shall be replaced with Thordon type SXL bushings, of similar size and dimensions than the existing bronze bushings. The pins shall be replaced with new stainless steel with dimensions to match existing.

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION

3.1 SHOP ASSEMBLY AND OPERATION

A. General

1. All tests shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in “Bridge Machinery in General”. Any temporary supports for the test shall be supplied by the Contractor.

3.2 FIELD ALIGNMENT

END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS 150040 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. Note: some machinery components are located through and within structural members, and removal & installation of machinery needs to be sequenced with the work. Disassembly, replacement & rehabilitation of components and reassembly requires a coordinated and sequenced plan that will need to be developed by the Contractor. This work shall include temporary disassembly and reassembly of components to facilitate the work.

B. Field alignment and adjustment of the end wedge bases is required for both proper bearing and height of rail in the closed position.

C. The end wedge load when driven with the bridge in the closed position shall result in a pre-load in the wedges. See drawings for target values. This shall be confirmed by using calibrated hydraulic jacks.

D. A separate procedure shall be submitted to the Engineer for pre-work field measurements, reinstallation alignment, and adjustment of the end wedge assemblies.

3.3 FINAL TESTING

A. A final testing procedure shall be submitted. The testing procedure shall include but not be limited to the verification of the proper operation and/or final adjustment of the following:

1. End Wedge alignment and loading

2. Overall Machinery Alignment

3. Overall vertical loading of bogies and end wedges

B. When the machinery is ready for final field-testing, the operating machinery shall be driven by the main electrical system through at least ten complete cycles.

C. Power and current drawn by each span drive and end wedge motor shall be automatically recorded on a strip chart moving at the rate of 10” per minute or faster. Each rotation of an intermediate shaft shall be recorded on the chart by an event marker to define the span position. The recording shall be made for complete cycles of opening and closing and the number of cycles during which measurements are made shall be established by the Engineer.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

A. No separate measurement will be made for work in this section.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS 150040 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. The lump sum price shall include the cost of all labor, materials, equipment, finishing, testing and incidental expenses to complete the work.

B. The End Wedge Machinery and Rigid Stops shall include the following work; Removals, rehabilitation of existing wedge machinery & rigid stops, new reducers, new bearings, new couplings, new spring loaded connection rods, new electric motors, new air motors, fasteners, shims, painting, installation, adjustments, temporary supports, rigging, assembly, lubrication, spare parts and testing.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

A. Payment will be under:

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

150040.01 End Wedge Machinery and Rigid Stops Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

END WEDGE MACHINERY AND RIGID STOPS 150040 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 160000 – ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The work under this Section shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials, plant and equipment, and performing all work necessary to furnish, install and adjust the electrical equipment and controls for operation of the swing span and its auxiliaries, all as specified herein and indicated on the Contract Drawings.

B. New navigation lights, wedge motors, limit switches and all equipment shall be installed under this item along with all wiring and controls for operation of the new equipment shall be provided as shown on the Contract Plans and specified herein.

C. New conduit and wire shall be installed under this item for the wedge motors, wedge limit switches, fully closed limit switches, over travel limit switch, service lighting and navigation lights as shown on the Contract Plans and specified herein. All existing conduit and wire under this item which is routed from the control house to a location which is below the top rail of either tack shall be removed in their entirety and replaced.

D. The alignment and fastening of all electrical equipment to be incorporated into the bridge machinery, such as motors, brakes and rotary cam limit switches shall be covered under the item “End Wedge Machinery”.

E. The Contractor shall salvage the existing wedge motors and rotary cam limit switches and delivered to Amtrak. The work for removal and delivery shall be paid for under this item.

F. It is the intent and purpose of these Specifications to cover and include all apparatus and appliances to properly install, wire, connect, equip, test, adjust, and put into approved working order the respective portions of the electrical work herein specified. Any incidental apparatus, appliance, material, or labor not herein specifically mentioned or included that may be found necessary to comply with the requirements of the related documents and referenced standards or codes shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional cost to Amtrak.

G. SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL ...... 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION ...... 1 PART 2 - MATERIALS ...... 2 2.1 CONFORMANCE ...... 2 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL PROVISIONS ...... 2 2.3 BRIDGE CONTROL SYSTEM VENDOR ...... 3 2.4 MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES ...... 4 2.5 CONDUIT SYSTEMS AND FITTINGS ...... 4 2.6 BOXES ...... 5 2.7 HARDWARE AND SUPPORTS ...... 6 2.8 WIRE AND CABLE ...... 6 2.9 WEDGE MOTORS ...... 7 2.10 CONTROL APPARATUS AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT ...... 9 2.11 LIMIT SWITCHES ...... 9 2.12 NAVIGATION LIGHTS ...... 11

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

2.13 SPARE PARTS ...... 11 PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHOD ...... 12 3.1 WORKING DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND SUBMITTALS ...... 12 3.2 FIELD TESTING ...... 14 3.3 TECHNICAL MANUALS ...... 14 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD START-UP SERVICE ...... 15 3.5 MOTOR SHOP TESTS ...... 15 3.6 INTERLOCKING ...... 15 3.7 CONDUIT SYSTEMS AND FITTINGS ...... 16 3.8 BOXES ...... 18 3.9 HARDWARE AND SUPPORTS ...... 19 3.10 BONDING AND GROUNDING ...... 19 3.11 BRIDGE WIRING ...... 19 3.12 PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ...... 20 3.13 BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION...... 21 PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...... 21 4.1 METHOD OF PAYMENT ...... 21 4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...... 21 4.3 PAY ITEMS ...... 21

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 CONFORMANCE

A. All electrical equipment and its installation shall conform to the requirements of the latest revision of the following codes and standards, except as may be otherwise provided herein:

1. American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of way Association (AREMA) 2. National Electrical Code (NEC) 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 8. Institute of Elecrical & Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 9. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)

B. The Contractor shall obtain any and all required permits and approvals of all Departments or Agencies having jurisdiction.

2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL PROVISIONS

A. All equipment and materials to be furnished shall be new unless otherwise specified elsewhere. All equipment, materials, and workmanship shall be manufactured and erected to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer Technical Representative (COTR). The Contractor shall warrantee the in-service working of the electrical installations for one year or the manufacturer's warranty period, whichever is greater, following project acceptance by Amtrak. If the Contractor has any objection to any feature of the electrical equipment as designed or arranged, he must state his objection in writing to the COTR prior to submittal of shop drawings, otherwise his objection will not be accepted if offered as an excuse for malfunctioning of the equipment or for defective or broken apparatus. Changes shall be made at the discretion of the COTR.

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

B. Each piece of electrical equipment and apparatus shall have a corrosion-resisting metal nameplate screwed in place on which is stamped the name of the manufacturer, rating or capacity of the equipment or apparatus, catalog number, serial number, etc.

C. All metal parts of the installation, except structural steel, shall be of corrosion-resisting material, such as bronze or stainless steel (type 316). Cast-iron, malleable iron, or steel with a hot-dip galvanized finish shall be used where specified herein. Structural steel shall conform to the requirements given under 051200 – Structural Steel.

D. In general, all mounting hardware and all wire and cable terminals shall be vibration resistant.

E. If any departures from the Contract Plans or Specifications are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures, and the reasons for such departures shall be submitted for approval as soon as practicable, but prior to the first submittal. No such departures shall be made nor work started without the written approval of the COTR.

2.3 BRIDGE CONTROL SYSTEM VENDOR

A. All new apparatus and equipment comprising the bridge control system, including, but not limited to, wedge motors, limit switches, contactors, overloads, circuit breakers and other control apparatus required to provide a complete functioning system, shall be manufactured, field installed and/or furnished, assembled and integrated by a single qualified control system vendor.

B. The control system vendor shall have experience in providing electrical control systems for movable bridges of various types, including bascule, vertical-lift, swing bridges, highway bridges and railroad bridges and in relay logic control systems. Such experience shall be demonstrated by identifying a minimum of five (5) movable bridges for which the system vendor has provided complete similar such systems, including swing span bridges hereinafter specified within the past five (5) years. Vendors known to meet these requirements are listed below:

1. Panatrol Automation and Controls (708-496-3080)

2. Link Control Systems (631-468-5700)

3. EHM (954-981-0023)

C. The control system vendor shall assume complete system responsibility for the integrated functioning of all new components to provide a satisfactory assembled system operating in accordance with specified requirements. The control system vendor shall be responsible for a complete updated set of detailed schematics to ensure compatibility of equipment and suitability for the intended system functioning, including tuning and testing of the electrical system not supplied. The vendor shall provide supervisory assistance in the installation of equipment at the bridge site to ensure correct field wiring, maximum reliability and ease of maintenance. Refer to “Movable Bridge Electrical Acceptance Testing” for sequence.

D. The system vendor shall provide a field service staff having the capability of providing services for field coordination of construction and final adjustments to the bridge control systems. Upon final acceptance of the bridge by Amtrak, the system vendor's staff shall provide on-call warranty service for a period of one year for all new equipment installed. Field staff shall be capable of responding to an emergency within four (4) hours, or as negotiated with the COTR.

E. The Contractor shall provide written certification of compliance with specified requirements for his control system vendor. This certification shall be submitted immediately after award of the contract and

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

shall be subject to approval by the COTR. No payments to the Contractor shall be made prior to submission and approval of the certification of compliance for the control system vendor.

2.4 MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES

A. Motor Disconnect Switches shall be unfused safety switches, for use as a local disconnects installed in- sight to each wedge motor in a similar location as the existing units.

B. The switches shall be 30A, 480VAC, non-fusible, heavy-duty, safety switches in watertight and dust-tight NEMA 4X, type 316 stainless-steel enclosures. Each disconnect shall be furnished with two N.O. auxiliary contacts and phenolic nameplate to identify the corresponding motor.

2.5 CONDUIT SYSTEMS AND FITTINGS

A. Conduits as shown on the plans shall be new unless otherwise noted.

B. All conduit shall be PVC coated rigid galvanized steel as specified herein except for final connections to motors, lights and limit switches which shall be galvanized interlocking steel flexible liquid tight conduit.

C. All conduits shall be standard weight, threaded, rigid steel conduit conforming to the requirements of ANSI Standard C80.1. All conduits shall be hot-dip galvanized, inside and out, to meet the requirements of the standard specified below for protective coating. Conduit couplings and fittings shall be made of malleable iron or steel, hot-dip galvanized.

D. Conduits and fittings, which are to be plastic coated, shall be provided with a factory applied polyvinyl- chloride (PVC) coating in the following manner. The exterior of the galvanized rigid steel conduit or fitting shall be coated with an epoxy acrylic, heat-polymerizing adhesive not to exceed 0.005 inch. A PVC plastic coating, 0.035 to 0.045 inch thick, shall be bonded to the outside metal surface the full length of the pipe, except for the threads. The plastic coating shall have an 85+ Shore A Durometer rating and conform to NEMA RNI 1986 (Type A), ASTM D746, and Federal Specifications LP406b, Method 2051, Amendment 1 or 25 September 1952. A two-part, chemically cured coat shall be applied to the interior of all conduit and fittings. This internal coating shall be at the nominal 2-mil thickness and shall be sufficiently flexible so as to permit field bending without cracking or flaking. The PVC exterior and urethane interior coatings applied to the conduit shall afford sufficient flexibility to permit field bending without cracking or flaking at temperatures above 30°F (-1°C).

E. The PVC coated galvanized rigid conduit must be UL Listed. The PVC coating must have been investigated by UL as providing the primary corrosion protection for the rigid metal conduit. Ferrous fittings for general service locations must be UL Listed with PVC as the primary corrosion protection. Hazardous location fittings, prior to plastic coating must be UL listed. All conduit and fittings must be new, unused material. Applicable UL standards may include: UL 6 Standard for Safety, Rigid Metal Conduit, UL514B Standard for Safety, Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes.

F. All conduit and fittings, which serve as part of the raceway, shall be coated with the same exterior PVC coating and interior urethane coating. The plastic exterior coating and interior urethane coating shall be factory applied by the same manufacturer who produces the hot-dip galvanized conduit. PVC coated conduit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation manual.

G. PVC coated conduit and fittings shall be approved equal to Perma-Cote Coated galvanized rigid conduit and Fittings as manufactured by Perma-Cote, Gilmer, Texas.

H. Conduits shall not be less than ¾ inches in diameter. Each end of conduit to be joined with another section of conduit shall have pipe threads on each end and be connected to each other with screw

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

couplings or three piece couplings. Split type couplings are not permitted. All pipe threads shall be coated with manufacturers approved compound.

I. The conduit clamps, in general, shall consist of U-bolts attached to structural steel supports bolted to the members. The minimum thickness of the structural supports shall be 3/8 inches.

J. All U-bolts and bracket hangers shall be provided with medium-series lock washers and hexagonal nuts. The bolts, nuts, and washers shall be stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A276, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes, Type 316.

K. The minimum stock size for the bent steel plate supports shall be 3/8 inch thick by 2 inches wide. Back plates shall be of 3/8-inch thick steel. Supports and spacers shall be hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise specified. Bolts shall be not less than ½ inch in diameter and shall be of stainless steel conforming to the requirements specified for U-bolts.

L. Conduit expansion fittings shall be bronze expansion fittings and shall be provided with flexible bonding jumpers to maintain the electrical continuity across the joints. The fittings shall permit a total conduit movement of 8 inches and shall be approved equal to the O.Z./Gedney Type EX, Spring City Type EF, or the Crouse-Hinds Type XJ.

M. Conduit expansion/deflection fittings shall permit a movement of ¾ inch from the normal in any direction. The fittings shall be the O.Z./Gedney Type AXDX or COTR approved equal. Flexible bonding jumpers shall be required to maintain bonding integrity whenever expansion fittings are required.

N. Flexible conduit where required shall be liquid tight steel conduit conforming to the requirements of UL 360. Fitting and connectors used in conjunction with flexible conduit shall also be steel liquid tight fitting with hot dipped galvanized finish.

O. Drain/breather fittings shall be installed in all enclosures and at low points in conduit runs. Fittings shall be fabricated of stainless steel and shall be capable of passing 25 cc of water per minute. Each exterior enclosure shall be provided with a welded coupling for installation of a combination drain/breather fitting at the bottom of coupling to prevent water from collecting. Fittings shall allow for complete drainage of enclosures.

P. Watertight Conduit hubs shall be Approved equal to the Type ST conduit hub as manufactured by Permacote.

Q. The ends of all conduits projecting into boxes and equipment enclosures shall be provided with bronze insulated grounding bushings. The insulated portion shall be of molded phenolic compound, and each fitting shall have a screw type combination lug for bonding. Insulated bushings shall be the O.Z./Gedney Type RBLG, Spring City Type GB, or Appleton Type GIB or approved equal.

R. The ends of all cables projecting into boxes and/or cabinets shall be provided with cable sealing bushings. The cable sealing bushings shall be approved equal to the Type GRE Cabinet Sealing Bushings as manufactured by OZ-Gedney or approved equal.

S. Conduit tags shall be brass tags securely attached to the conduit with No. 20 AWG brass wire. Each tag shall be stamped thereon in accordance with the conduit diagrams.

2.6 BOXES

A. All junction, pull boxes terminal boxes and cabinets unless otherwise noted shall be NEMA 4X, 14- gauge,type 316 stainless steel enclosures with hinged, 14-gauge, stainless steel doors supported by a continuous stainless steel hinge with removable pin unless otherwise noted on the plans. Seams shall be

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

continuously welded and ground smooth. Each enclosure shall be provided with stainless steel fast operating door clamp assemblies and oil-resistant gasket to insure a watertight seal. Boxes and cabinets shall be Bulletin A51S and A4S with clamp assemblies A-L23SS as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Company, equivalent manufactured by Henessey or Wiegmann or approved equal.

B. No box shall be drilled for more conduits or cables than actually enter it.

C. Terminal boxes shall be of sufficient size to provide ample room for the terminal blocks and interior wiring, and for the installation of conduit terminations and multi-conductor cable fittings. The back panel of each terminal enclosure shall be provided with stainless mounting angles with tapped holes for mounting the terminal blocks.

D. Power terminal blocks for wires No. 6 AWG and larger shall be included in each terminal box as required for such conductors.

E. Terminal blocks for conductors No. 8 and smaller shall be approved equal to the Buchanan 2B112 12- circuit phenolic one piece terminal block and for conductor sizes no. 6 and larger power terminal blocks shall be approved equal to the Ferraz Shawmut 6600 series power distribution terminal blocks.

F. The interior of all boxes shall be provided with insulated supports from which bundled cables may be supported.

2.7 HARDWARE AND SUPPORTS

A. Mounting bolts, nuts, washers and other detail parts used for fastening boxes, disconnect switches, limit switches, conduit clamps, cable/conduit supports, brackets and other electrical equipment shall be of stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A276, Type 316. Bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal, and shall be provided with medium series lock washers. Bolts smaller than ½ inch in diameter shall not be used except as may be necessary to fit the mounting holes in small limit switches, boxes and similar standard devices.

B. Unless fabricated from type 316 stainless steel, which has a minimum thickness of 5/16 inch, supports for conduits, cables, boxes, cabinets, disconnect switches, limit switches and other separately mounted items of electrical equipment shall be fabricated from structural steel not less than 3/8 inch in thickness. Channels, angles, bent plates, clip angles, other structural steel supporting members, hardware and gaskets for supporting electrical equipment shall be paid for under this item. Structural steel supporting members detailed under this item shall conform to the requirements specified elsewhere in this Contract.

C. Full neoprene gasket not less than 1/8-inch thick, shall be installed between the equipment and the surface of the concrete.

D. Anchoring system for fastening equipment or brackets to concrete surfaces shall consist of stainless steel threaded rods and adhesive epoxy. All parts of the anchors shall be of Type 316 stainless steel. The contractor is also responsible for furnishing any installation tools as required by the manufacturer to properly install the anchoring system. Threaded rods shall be approved equal to HAS type 316 stainless threaded rods as manufactured by Hilti Corporation, epoxy shall be approved equal to the HIT RE 500 Adhesive Epoxy as manufactured by Hilti Corporation.

2.8 WIRE AND CABLE

A. Except where otherwise noted, wiring in conduits shall be single-conductor. All wire and cable shall conform to the requirements of NEMA Pub. No. WC70-2009. The minimum number of conductors provided in each cable shall be as shown on the Contract Plans. The cable installation in conduit, wireway

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 6 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

and troughs shall conform to the latest edition of NEC and according to any other applicable code under local jurisdiction.

B. All conductors shall be soft annealed copper wire conforming to the requirements of NEMA Pub. No. WC70. All conductors shall have Class K stranding.

C. The insulation shall be a chemically cross-linked polyethylene compound conforming to the requirements of Part 3.6 of NEMA Pub. No. WC70. The wire type for all conductors except shop wiring installed within the confines of the control cabinets or control desk shall be XHHW-2 or RHW-2 as listed under NEC Table 310-104. "Conductor Application and Insulations". The wire type for all shop-wired conductors installed within the confines of the control cabinets and control desk shall be SIS as listed under NEC Table 310-104. "Conductor Application and Insulations".

D. All wire and cable shall be of a nationally recognized brand, acceptable to the COTR, and shall have marks always used on the particular brand for identifying it. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows Houston Wire and Cable, Service Wire Company, Clifford of Vermont, Alpha Wire Company, Allied Wire and Cable, Okonite Company, General Wire and Cable, and Draka USA.

E. Before wire and cable orders are placed with any manufacturer, the Contractor shall submit for approval, typical published test data for the type of insulation proposed, showing that it meets the requirements of NEMA Pub. No.WC70. Single conductor wiring, including the insulating material, shall be factory-tested to demonstrate that it meets specified requirements. The testing shall be done as stipulated in NEMA Pub. No.WC70, Part 6. Wire and cable manufactured by cable and wire manufactures not listed above shall not be shipped from the plant of the manufacturer until certified test reports on the cable properties have been approved by the COTR.

F. Equipment ground conductors shall be No. 8 minimum, bare, seven strand minimum, soft drawn, coated copper conforming to the requirements of NEMA Pub. No. WC70, Part 2 and ASTM B33. Equipment ground conductors shall be provided with approved insulation in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC).

G. Wire markings and tags shall be provided for all the conductors and shall be heavy duty, waterproof, permanently marked, heat shrink type, computer printed, industrial grade and resistant to ultraviolet light deterioration. Numbers and letters shall be black or blue on a white background. Each wire and cable shall be preprinted with labels for each wire and/or cables entire length. Each preprinted label should match the interconnection diagram shop drawing. Wire tags shall meet UL 224 for flammability. The Contractor shall submit the proposed wire marking system and a sample of the wire markers to be installed to the COTR for approval. The labels shall be polyolefin heat shrink tubing, approved equal to Panduit LS5 labeling system. Strain relief bushings shall grip the cable jacket to provide a watertight seal at the point of cable entry. Strain relief bushings shall be OZ Gedney Type CSBG or approved equal.

2.9 WEDGE MOTORS

A. Each of the wedge motors shall be a 15 Horsepower (HP), 900 RPM, 460-volt, three-phase, 60-Hertz, high-slip, high-starting torque, NEMA Design D, weatherproof, totally-enclosed, non-ventilated (TENV), re-greasable double sealed ball-bearing, squirrel-cage motor as shown on the plans. It shall be rated on a basis of 30 minutes at 40 degrees Celsius ambient. Each motor shall be provided with a single-phase, 120-volt, winding heater installed in the lower frame beneath the windings and have moisture resistant insulation type HHH (Super H). The wattage of the heater shall be determined by the manufacturer.

B. Each motor and brake shall have an IP67 rating and be protected against water immersion.

C. The motor shafts shall be cadmium plated. A removable drain hole of not less than ½ inch diameter shall be provided at the bottom of the motor, fitted with a suitable drain plug.

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 7 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Each motor shall be provided with a motor-mounted, totally enclosed, spring-set, 480-volt, magnetically released disc brake with rated torque approximately equal to, but not less than, motor full-load torque.

E. Each brake shall be of dust-tight, self-adjusting, weatherproof, cast-iron construction, except modified for marine duty to comply with IEEE Standard 45, "Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard". The marine duty modification includes the use of brass internal parts.

F. All electrical work to provide for the connection, operation, and control of the wedge motors, including control apparatus, switches, conduits, boxes, cables, and other equipment, shall be furnished and installed under this item. The work shall also include adjustment of all apparatus and overload devices to provide proper functioning of the equipment.

G. The wedge motor machinery shall furnished under the item "Wedge Machinery" shall include limit switches for bridge control and for Amtrak C&S operation as shown on the plans and specified under “Limit Switches.” The limit switches shall provide contacts to control the limit of travel in each direction and for indication and sequence interlocking. Adjustment of wedge machinery crank arms and limit switches for proper operation shall be done under the items "Wedge Machinery".

H. Electric wedge motors for operation of the end wedges shall be furnished under this item and installed as part of the wedge machinery.

I. Each motor junction box shall be liberally sized and located to avoid interference with the machinery. The conduit boxes shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of the NEMA MG 1-2003 PART 11 and have the motor leads brought to a terminal block.

J. The motors shall be designed and manufactured in the United States of America.

K. All motors shall be manufactured to the following standards:

1. IEEE Marine Standards No. 45. 2. U.S. Coast Guard Inspection Service. 3. NEMA MG-1

L. Wedge motors shall also be provided with the following features in order to meet the requirements of these Specifications.

1. Cast iron frame and box 2. Cadmium plate shaft and hardware (FED-QQ-P-416). 3. Double Sealed ball bearings. 4. Seal all joints and eye bolt holes. 5. Sealed leads and terminal block in terminal box. 6. Shaft seals. 7. Removable drain plugs. 8. Final coat of epoxy paint. 9. Corrosion resistant coating - rotor and stator laminations. 10. Stainless steel nameplate. 11. Super ‘H’ insulation including protection against fungus growth.

M. The motor frame shall be finished with an epoxy corrosion-resistant paint or coating. Exposed unpainted metal surfaces shall be of a corrosion-resistant material.

N. An in-sight disconnect switch shall be provided within range view of each motor as specified elsewhere. The 120-volt strip heater in each motor frame shall be wired to the normally open auxiliary contact in the corresponding motor disconnect switch.

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 8 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

O. Wedge Motors shall be manufactured by Rueland Electric, Baldor, Marathon or approved equal.

2.10 CONTROL APPARATUS AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT

A. Circuit Breakers: All branch circuits from the buses shall be protected by molded-case circuit breakers. All breakers shall have quick-make, quick-break contacts and the mechanism shall be trip-free and trip indicating. Frame sizes shall be not less than 100 amperes. The breakers shall be equipped with thermal- magnetic trips or adjustable instantaneous magnetic trip units. Each new circuit breaker shall be a minimum 35 kAIC interrupting capacity rating unless otherwise noted. Molded case circuit breakers shall meet the requirements of NEMA Standard AB1, latest revision.

B. Motor Starters and Magnetic Contactors: The continuous current rating of contactors and starters shall be adequate for the connected loads, and no starter shall be smaller than NEMA Size 1. All contact poles shall be provided with arc chutes, and contactors rated 150-amperes and above shall be equipped with magnetic blowouts. Three-element overload relays shall be provided for motor protection. Overload relays shall be of the manual reset type unless otherwise specified. Contactors and overload relays shall be provided with the required auxiliary contacts as shown on the Contract Plans. Reversing contactors shall be electrically and mechanically interlocked.

C. Industrial Control Relays shall be multi-contact magnetic relays with contacts rated at 10 amperes, 600 volts on a continuous basis. Industrial control relays shall be approved equal to the Eaton D26 Series Machine Tool Relays.

D. Timing Relays: Time-delay relays shall be of the electro-pneumatic type providing time delay intervals as required with a linear timing range in the ratio of 1:10. Each timing relay shall be provided with a timing head calibrated in linear increments. The number and type of poles shall be as shown on the Contract Plans. Timing Relays shall be approved equal to the Agastat 7000 Series Industrial Electro pneumatic Timing Relay.

E. Control Terminal Blocks: Terminal blocks for conductors of Size No. 8 AWG and smaller shall be one-piece blocks of phenolic material recognized under the UL Component Recognition Program. Barriers shall be not less than ½ inch high and 1/8 inch thick and shall be spaced 5/8 inch center-to- center. Straps and screws shall be of brass, nickel plated for use in highly corrosive atmospheres, and shall be rated for 50 amperes. The blocks shall provide a withstand voltage rating of 750 volts per IEEE switch gear standards. The terminal blocks shall provide strap screws suitable for use with ring tongue wire connectors. Corrosion resistant marking strips shall be provided for conductor identification. At least ten percent spare terminals shall be provided. Terminal blocks shall be Buchanan Type 2B112, General Electric Series CR 151B, Marathon 1500 Series or approved equal.

F. Terminal Connectors: Connectors shall be seamless, heavy-duty compression ring tongue terminals manufactured from pure electrolytic copper tubing. Terminals shall be tin plated and provided with a double-thick tongue and insulation grip. Terminals and compression tools must be submitted and approved by the COTR. Compression tools must be pre-approved by the terminal connector manufacturer prior to being submitted. Terminal connectors shall be as manufactured by 3M, scotchlok or approved equal.

G. Nameplates: Nameplates, where required, shall be made of laminated phenolic plastic with white front and back and black core and shall be not less than 0.094 inches thick. The lettering shall be etched through the front layer to show black engraved letters on a white background. Lettering shall be not less than ¼ inch high, unless otherwise detailed on the Contract Plans. Nameplates shall be securely fastened to the equipment with stainless steel screws.

2.11 LIMIT SWITCHES

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 9 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. Wedge Motor Rotary Cam Limit Switch:

1. Straight drive rotary limit switches shall be furnished and installed on the wedge machinery where indicated on the Contract Plans. Each limit switch shall be a rotary cam-operated limit switch and shall be driven by gearing furnished with the operating machinery, which shall rotate the input shaft.

2. Each limit switch shall have the number of circuits as shown on the Plans. The rotary limit switches shall be individually micro-adjustable and have provisions for internal vernier adjustments. The limit switch shall allow for a one-quarter (¼) degree contact operation repeatability. Each contact of the limit switch shall be single-pole, double-throw, precision-type, snap-action switches. Each limit switch shall be installed within a NEMA 4X enclosure, and shall be Gemco Series 1980, Kamco Controls Series K80 or approved equal. The switch contacts shall have a minimum AC inductive continuous current carrying rating of 15A and a minimum DC resistive continuous current carrying rating of 15A. Provisions shall be made that the contacts of the single-pole, double-throw switch on a cam shall be wired to the control "1", and a separate contact be wired to the control "2", such that each system is completely independent.

3. Each switch shall be preset at the factory to the settings shown on the Contract Plans. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the proper direction of rotation of each switch and to advise the manufacturer accordingly.

4. Each limit switch shall be field tested by the contractor and witnessed by the engineer.

B. U5 Limit Switch - Circuit Controller:

1. Wedge Limit switch: Two Rail Type Limit Switch Controllers shall be furnished and installed for bridge control and C&S functions for each wedge assembly (eight total units) as shown on the plans. Each switch shall be actuated by a linkage operated directly by the wedge machinery. The limit switch linkage shall be furnished as shown on the Contract Plans under this item.

2. Miter Rail Limit Switch: Two Rail Type Limit Switch Controllers shall be furnished and installed for each Miter Rail end of the swing span (four total units) as shown on the plans. Each switch shall be actuated by a linkage operated directly by the wedge machinery. The limit switch linkage shall be furnished as shown on the Contract Plans under this item.

3. Each limit switch shall be field tested by the contractor and witnessed by the engineer.

4. Each limit switch circuit controller as made by the Union Switch and Signal Division or approved equal shall contain 4 circuits for interlocking and indication. The installation and adjustment of each switch circuit controller shall be done in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's Service Specifications.

C. Manual Operation Limit Switch;

1. For each end wedge motor machinery an air motor is provided for manual operation of the wedges. Each manual operation air motor shall be provided with a limit switch to interlock with the wedge motor control.

2. Each limit switch shall be a track-type, lever-actuated, spring-return, two-circuit limit switch in a bronze, watertight NEMA 4X enclosure. The switch shall be provided with a straight bronze lever with steel roller, both sized as required for proper operation.

3. Each limit switch shall be field tested by the contractor and witnessed by the engineer.

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 10 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. Each limit switch shall be approved equal to the NAMCO EA780 NEMA 4X series.

D. Proximity Sensor/Limit Switch:

1. Limit switch and associated magnets for over travel cut off (LS-OC) and fully closed functions (LS-SCN, LS-SCS) shall be furnished and installed on the where indicated on the Contract Plans.

2. Each limit switch shall be furnished in a 1.5” square stainless steel body and shall actuate without any moving parts or components and shall sense a magnetic sensor from the side of the limit switch body with a rated switching distance of approximately 3 ¾”.

3. Each limit switch shall operate at 120VAC and have its conduit entry from the bottom with lead wires of sufficient length to terminate at a local terminal box. The sensors shall be positioned to open its contact when the associated target is within the specified sensing range. The target material shall include magnets to maximize its sensing range. Installation and mounting shall be as shown on the plans and shall be compatible with the sensor.

4. Each proximity sensor shall be approved equal to the Model 21 GO leverless limit switch as manufactured by Emerson or approved equal.

5. Each limit switch shall be field tested by the contractor and witnessed by the engineer.

2.12 NAVIGATION LIGHTS

A. End Pier Navigation Lights: Vandal resistant fender lights shall be mounted on the end piers as shown on the Contract Drawings. Each light shall be a dual unit, 8-inch outside diameter, 180 degree, red fresnel lens and shall be mounted on a short section of 1 ½” stainless steel pipe with a flange at the bottom and bronze castings. Each light housing shall be cast-bronze, securely bolted in position with bronze or stainless steel lag screws not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. Each light shall be equipped with 120 volt, 100,000-hour red LED lamp. The existing photoelectric control switch shall turn the lamps on at dusk and shut the lamp off at dawn. New end pier lights shall be approved equal to the PL pier light as manufactured by B&B Roadway, LLC.

B. All navigation lights, the doors and lenses shall be gasketed, and each entire unit shall be completely weatherproof. Fittings shall be non-corroding, and the sockets shall be of porcelain mounted on shock absorbers. The housings for all units shall be cast-bronze, and a 100-watt 120-volt, 5 year lamp with brass base shall be installed in each socket. A dual lamp and transfer relay kit shall be provided in each navigation light housing.

C. All navigation lights shall be provided in accordance with the rules and regulations of the United States Coast Guard.

2.13 SPARE PARTS

A. Spare parts shall be supplied in accordance with AREMA Chapter 15 Article 6.7.5.48 requirements and as shown below. The spare parts supplied shall include, but not be limited to the following:

1. One circuit breaker of each type installed.

2. One limit switch of each type specified.

3. One full set of contacts for rotary cam limit switches.

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 11 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

4. One wedge motor.

5. One complete set of contacts and one operating coil for each size and type of magnetic contactor and motor starter. For units that do not incorporate replaceable contacts, furnish one complete unit with coil.

6. One completely assembled and wired Reversing and one completely assembled Non-reversing NEMA style contactor for each type installed.

7. One control relay and two extra sets of contacts for each type.

8. One complete relay timer, time delay relay, contactor, and starter for each kind and size installed.

9. For the navigation lights:

a. Six LED lamps for each type and color navigation light furnished. b. Six gaskets for each type of light installed.

PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHOD

3.1 WORKING DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND SUBMITTALS

A. Certified dimension prints of each apparatus shall state in the certification the name of the job, the application of the apparatus, device designation, number required, right-hand or left-hand assembly, electrical rating, number of poles or contacts, material, finish, and any other pertinent data to show that the apparatus meets the specified requirements. The preparation and submission of the electrical working drawings shall conform to the requirements listed under section these special provisions.

B. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall correct all electrical shop or working drawings to show the work as constructed and provide one (1) set of 11X17 drawings (hardcopy), (1) set of 11X17 drawings (electronic), (1) set of 11X17 drawings (laminated) as well as AutoCAD files.

C. The Contractor shall submit for inspection and test, if directed by the COTR, samples of any apparatus or device that he proposes to use as a part of the electrical installation

D. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for review within 30 days after the award of the Contract a completed schedule of electrical submissions that outline when all of the electrical submittals will be made. No more than 90 days shall pass between the award of the contract and the Contractor’s first submission of the following submittals:

1. Control System Vendor Submittals;

a. Certified dimension prints of all limit switches, wedge motors, and other electrical apparatus external to the control desk, are required. All pertinent electrical data, ratings, calculations and mounting details are to be included on the prints.

b. A complete updated schematic diagram and wiring diagram, including all existing and new power, and control connections shall be provided by the Contractor and/or control system vendor. The work required to established an accurate set of as-built drawings shall include but not limited to the following:

1) As-built drawings shall include and show each electrical device and each wire between devices shall be identified by an individual designation of letters, numbers,

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 12 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

or a combination of both; and such designations shall be used wherever the devices or wires appear on other drawings.

2) Field verify all existing connections, equipment and components and update the as- built drawing set accordingly.

3) Furnish and install wire numbering and tags not provided in control cabinets, enclosures and terminal boxes.

4) A hardcopy of the existing as-built drawings can be obtained from Amtrak and/or the bridge site.

c. Layout drawings and updated internal connection wiring diagrams of the power distribution and motor control cabinet and span drive cabinets.

d. A schedule of electrical apparatus for all new equipment located in the existing enclosures which shall list each electrical device by its manufacturers designation as shown on the schematic wiring diagram and shall state for each device its rating, number of poles or contacts, function, catalog number, and location. A complete set of catalog cuts for materials furnished shall be included for each piece of apparatus.

e. Shop testing procedures, including test forms with acceptance criteria, and schedule of testing of all equipment shall be furnished by the vendor.

2. Contractor Installation Work Submittals: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for developing all point-to-point electrical conduits and wiring runs for the new portions of the electrical system. Coordination with all other disciplines is required as part of the development of the drawings. The required drawings shall include, but not be limited, to:

a. A complete updated schematic conduit diagram showing the interconnection of all new and existing devices and equipment, including terminal and junction boxes. The size of each conduit, and the wire number and size of each conductor in conduit, shall be shown on the diagrams. Each conduit shall be suitably numbered or lettered, and percent wire fill shall be shown.

b. A complete set of layout and installation drawings for all new electrical work showing the location and installation, including support and mounting details, of all electrical apparatus and equipment. These drawings shall be made to scale and shall show the exact location of all conduits, supports, cables, boxes, motors, brakes, limit switches, disconnect switches, and other electrical equipment and the method of supporting them on the structure.

c. Outline drawings, catalog cut sheets and mounting details shall be submitted for the following equipment:

1) Wiring Devices 2) Safety Disconnect Switches 3) Grounding Equipment 4) Conduit & Conduit Supports 5) Boxes 6) Wire and Cable 7) Lugs 8) Wire and Conduit Tags 9) Limit Switches 10) Wedge Motors 11) Navigation Lights

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 13 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

d. Any other drawings, which may, in the opinion of the COTR, be necessary to show the electrical work.

3.2 FIELD TESTING

A. Upon completion of the electrical work for the bridge, the Contractor shall arrange for and provide all the necessary field tests, as approved by the COTR, to demonstrate that proper operation of the entire electrical system for the bridge is achieved and in accordance with the Contract Plans and Specifications. The complete acceptance testing procedure and requirements shall be as specified under the item “Movable Bridge Electrical Acceptance Testing”. The sequence of operation shall be per the Operation and Maintenance Manual and the general procedure listed below.

3.3 NORMAL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION

A. The normal sequence of operation shall be as follows:

1. Establish radio contact.

2. After a boat signals for an opening, give necessary signals with the horn.

3. Turn the bridge control power on.

4. Request and obtain control of the bridge from the signal department and verify the appropriate indicating lights.

5. Verify the status of the incoming power by verifying the power bus meter and associated indicating lights before proceeding to the next step.

6. Pull the North and South wedges and confirm all wedges are withdrawn by verifying the associated wedges pulled indicating lights. Confirm all miter rails are up by verifying the associated Miter Rails Up indicating lights.

7. Open the span to the fully open position. The span fully closed and motor brakes set indicating lights will extinguish, and the released indicating lights will illuminate after a short time delay. The span nearly closed indicating light will illuminate for a short time. After the span begins to accelerate to full speed the nearly closed indicating light shall extinguish.

8. As the nearly open position is reached, the operator will verify deceleration of the span, and the span nearly open indicating light will illuminate for a short time. After the span begins to slow down the nearly open indicating light shall extinguish. The motors will stop automatically at the fully open position. The span fully open position, and the brakes released indicating lights will extinguish.

9. After the boat has passed, sound the horn, and then close the span to the fully closed position. The span fully open and motor brakes brake Set indicating lights will extinguish. The brake released indicating lights will illuminate after a short time delay. The span nearly open indicating light will illuminate for a short time. When the span accelerates and reaches full speed the nearly open indicating light will extinguish.

10. As the nearly closed position is reached, the operator should verify deceleration of the span. After the span begins to slow down, the span nearly closed indicating light will illuminate for a short time. At the fully closed position the span will stop automatically, the span fully closed indicating

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 14 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

light will illuminate, the nearly closed light will extinguish, the motor brakes released indicating lights will extinguish, and the brake set indicating lights will illuminate after a short time delay.

11. Drive the North and South wedges and confirm all wedges are driven by verifying the associated wedges driven indicating lights. Confirm all miter rails are down by verifying the associated Miter Rails Down indicating lights.

12. After the wedges driven indicating lights is illuminated, the operator can return the bridge to the signal department.

13. Turn the control power to “Off.”

B. If under normal operation the operator cannot operate the bridge and notices incorrect reading on the incoming service meter, the air system can be used to operate the span and wedges by following procedure for the air system as defined by the existing operation and maintenance manual.

3.4 TECHNICAL MANUALS

A. The Contractor shall furnish to the COTR technical manuals for the new work as specified under the item “Technical Manuals”.

3.5 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD START-UP SERVICE

A. In addition to furnishing the major items of electrical equipment, the control system vendor shall furnish all necessary field supervisory start-up material and labor to facilitate proper adjustment of all the electrical equipment so as to achieve functioning of the span to the satisfaction of the COTR.

B. The control systems vendor's field service engineering personnel shall be experienced in the adjustment and functioning of the particular control equipment furnished under this item. The personnel shall be capable of locating and correcting faults or defects and of obtaining from the manufacturer, without delay, new parts or replacements for apparatus that, in the opinion of the COTR, does not perform satisfactorily.

3.6 MOTOR SHOP TESTS

A. A complete set of speed-torque-current curves for one wedge motors shall be prepared and submitted to the COTR for approval. Curves corresponding to full-load speed shall be provided. The curves shall cover the interval from breakaway torque to breakdown driving torque. Also, the same motor subjected to the complete test shall also be subjected to a full load heat run test.

B. All motors shall be subjected to an insulation resistance test per NEMA standard MG-1, Section Nos. 12.02 and 12.03 or IEEE 4. Insulation resistance values and test voltage shall be included on the test reports.

C. Tests shall be reported on the standard forms for induction motors of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. All test reports and curve sheets shall be certified by the manufacturer, and three copies of each shall be submitted. Motors shall not be shipped from the plant of the manufacturer until the test reports have been approved by the COTR.

3.7 INTERLOCKING

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 15 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. The various control operations shall be interlocked such that the bridge must be operated in the proper sequence and that no damage can result from an incorrect operation. The Contractor shall be required to confirm and test the interlocking functions as indicated below and witnessed by the Engineer. Adjustments to the interlock as a result of the Contractor’s work shall be performed at no additional cost to Amtrak. All deficiencies to the interlocking system shall be reported back to Amtrak and the COTR.

1. The wedges cannot be operated electrically unless the signal department permissive relay is closed, and the span is fully closed (this is called “receiving the unlock”).

2. The span cannot be operated unless the wedges are pulled, the C&S signal interlock is provided, the miter rails are up, and the brake hand release criteria are met.

3. The brakes for the swing span operating machinery will not set while the North or South Wedge Machinery is closing and the North Machinery is not fully open.

4. The over travel cut off limit switches shall be arranged such that when the span hits this limit switch all brakes will set and the drive and span motor will de-energize.

5. The wedge motors cannot be operated when the wedge manual operation limit switch is disengaged.

6. The wedges cannot be driven unless the fully closed limit switches are closed and engaged.

3.8 CONDUIT SYSTEMS AND FITTINGS

A. All conduits shall be plastic coated as hereinafter specified. Conduit fittings, including couplings, unions, elbows, expansion and deflection fittings, and other items, shall also be plastic coated.

B. The interior surfaces shall have a smooth finish and be free of burrs or projections, which might cause injury to the cables. All conduits shall be free from blisters, cracks, or injurious defects and shall be reamed at each end after being threaded. Conduits shall be installed to be continuous and watertight between boxes or equipment. Conduits shall be protected at all times from the entrance of water or other foreign matter by being well-plugged overnight or when the work is temporarily suspended.

C. All bends shall be made with factory-bent, standard or large radius conduit elbows. When approved by the COTR, bends and offsets can be made with a hydraulic or power pipe bender, provided with shoes for PVC coated conduit as required. Field bends shall be made without kinking or damaging the exterior surface or smooth bore of the conduit. The radius of curvature of pipe bends made in the field shall not be less than eight times the inside diameter of conduit. All bends shall be long sweep, free from kinks, and of such easy curvatures as to permit the drawing of conductors without injury. The use of a pipe tee or vise for bending conduit will not be permitted. Conduit that has been crushed, deformed or damaged shall be discarded. Conduit runs shall be made with as few couplings as standard lengths will permit, and the total angle of all bends between any two boxes or cabinets shall not exceed 180 degrees, unless otherwise approved by the COTR. Long running threads will not be permitted. Pull boxes shall be used whenever necessary to facilitate the installation of the wire or where required by the NEC.

D. Installation of the Perma-Cote Conduit System or approved equal shall be performed in accordance with the Perma-Cote or approved equal Installation Manual. The Contractor shall submit tests and procedures to install PVC coated rigid galvanized steel conduit. To assure correct installation, the installer shall be certified by Perma-Cote to install coated conduit. Certification shall be submitted for review and approval.

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 16 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

E. The use of condulets or conduit bodies for pulling conductors, for making turns in conduit runs, or for branching conductors shall not be permitted unless specifically allowed on the Contract Plans or authorized by the COTR in writing.

F. Conduits shall be securely clamped and supported at intervals not exceeding 5 feet in length.

G. Conduit runs exposed on the steel structure shall be securely clamped to the steelwork. Supports shall be arranged so that conduits rest on top of the support and conduit U-bolts rest on top of the conduits. The use of J-bolts to fasten structural supports or to clamp conduits will not be permitted.

H. Where conduits are to be mounted exposed on non-steel surfaces, they shall be securely clamped to the surface using bent plate and angle supports with back spacers held by not less than two bolts.

I. Exposed conduits shall be installed parallel to, or at right angles to ceilings, walls and partitions. Where changes in direction of exposed conduit cannot be made with neat and orderly bends, pull boxes shall be used. Exposed conduits shall be securely clamped and supported at intervals not exceeding five (5) feet in length. All boxes and fixtures shall be provided with structural supports independent of associated conduit. No boxes nor fixtures shall be cantilevered from nor supported by conduit. The conduit supports shall be as specified elsewhere under this item.

J. At any point where a conduit crosses an expansion joint longitudinally or where movement between adjacent sections of conduit can be expected, conduit expansion fittings shall be installed. The fittings shall be bronze expansion fittings and shall be provided with flexible bonding jumpers to maintain the electrical continuity across the joints. The fittings shall permit a total conduit movement of 8 inches.

K. At any point where a conduit crosses a joint laterally or where an offsetting type movement between adjacent sections of conduit can be expected, expansion and deflection fittings shall be installed. The fittings shall permit a movement of ¾ inch from the normal in any direction. Flexible bonding jumpers shall be required to maintain bonding integrity whenever expansion fittings are required.

L. Flexible conduits for the connections between the rigid conduit system and all limit switches, motors and other equipment subject to vibration shall be made with sections of approved flexible conduit. Approved liquid-tight connectors shall be provided for connections between rigid and flexible conduit. Each flexible, liquid-tight conduit section shall not exceed eighteen (18) inches in length without prior approval of the COTR.

M. All cutting and threading of conduit shall be performed as recommended by the conduit manufacturer. After being threaded, conduits shall be reamed at each end. All threads shall be degreased and then liberally coated with a sealer/de-oxidizer before connection as recommended by the conduit manufacturer. The sealer/de-oxidizer shall not damage the specified conductor insulation. All field cut threads shall be National Pipe Taper. Running threads will not be permitted.

N. Conduit lengths shall be connected to each other with approved screw couplings assembled hand-tight and then, using strap wrenches, tightened two more turns or until threads are completely inside the fitting cuff. Wrench marks or chuck marks shall be touched up with the appropriate touch-up compound, to the equivalent thickness as the coating. Where the portions of the steel are exposed the contractor shall discard the conduit section and replace with a new undamaged piece.

O. Conduit runs shall be made with as few couplings as standard lengths will permit. No conduit runs with a total angle of bends between any two boxes shall exceed (180) one hundred eighty degrees, unless otherwise approved by the COTR.

P. All conduits shall be pitched not less than 1 inch in 10 feet (except by special permission). Where conduits cannot be drained to pull boxes, a drain "T" with drain fitting shall be installed at the low point. Drain fittings shall be of stainless steel and shall be capable of passing 25 cc of water per minute.

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 17 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

Q. Watertight conduit hubs shall be provided at the ends of all conduits entering boxes and enclosures. Hubs shall be PVC coated steel when used in conjunction with PVC coated conduit and contain a ground lug for bonding the equipment ground conductor. All bushings in any box or enclosure shall be bonded together with No. 8 AWG bare copper wire.

R. All conduit, enclosures, and fittings shall be mechanically joined and electrically bonded together to form a continuous electrical conductor to provide effective electrical continuity. An equipment ground conductor shall be provided in every conduit and enclosure throughout the raceway. Conduits shall be installed so as to be continuous and watertight between boxes or equipment. All conduits shall be pitched not less than one (1) inch in ten feet (except by special permission) and drained to pull boxes. Conduits shall be protected at all times from the entrance of water or other foreign matter by being well plugged overnight or when the work is temporarily suspended. Both ends of each conduit run shall be provided with brass and these tags.

S. All conduits and fittings shall be carefully examined and cleaned both before and after installation. Upon completion of the conduit and box installation, the Contractor shall clear each conduit by snaking with a steel band, to which shall be attached an approved tube cleaner equipped with a mandrel of a diameter not less than 85 % of the nominal inside diameter of the conduit and with a wire brush of the same diameter as the conduit, and shall then draw in the cables. All conduits shall be free from blisters, cracks, deformations and defects. Conduits with any damage or injurious defects as judged by the COTR shall be removed from the site and replaced by the Contractor at no extra cost to Amtrak.

T. The minimum size of conduits shall be ¾”. If no size is indicated or conduit fill varies from that shown on the Plans, conduit shall be sized to accommodate the conductors to be installed therein in conformance with the National Electrical Code. No conduit smaller than ¾ inch shall be installed.

U. Conduit shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation manual. The manufacturer's installation manual shall be kept on the job site and made available to the COTR at all times.

V. As required under Working Drawings and Samples of this item, layout and installation drawings for the electrical work, which includes the conduit system, shall be submitted prior to pertinent structural and mechanical shop drawings so that the conduit installation details may be incorporated by the structural and mechanical fabricators and erectors. A drawing showing the assembly and complete construction details of the conduit system shall be prepared and submitted for approval prior to fabrication. The Contractor shall follow the assembly and details of the system as shown on the plans.

W. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordination of the raceway installation with all other trades as part of this Contract.

3.9 BOXES

A. Pull boxes shall be used whenever necessary to facilitate the installation of the wire. Conduit bodies shall not be used for pulling conductors, for making turns in conduit runs, nor for branching conductors, unless specifically permitted by the COTR or directly specified on the plans. If the Contractor wishes to furnish and install conduit bodies, he shall petition the COTR in writing as to the exact proposed locations of installation and reasons for use.

B. Surface mounted interior and exterior boxes shall be provided with external mounting lugs. No box shall be drilled for more conduits or cables than actually enter it. Exterior boxes shall be provided with ½ inch combination drain and breather fittings.

C. Terminal blocks shall be provided in each terminal box for the connection of all conductors including spare conductors entering the box plus at least twenty percent spare terminals for any control conductors and ten percent for any power conductors. All terminal blocks and boards shall be mounted on suitable

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 18 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

straps or structural steel brackets in such a manner as to permit routing the conductors behind the terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall be one-piece blocks suitable for use in highly corrosive atmospheres and shall conform to the requirements hereinbefore specified.

D. Each power distribution block shall be constructed of one-piece molded phenolic compound and shall conform to the requirements hereinbefore specified. A cover of insulating material shall be provided for each block.

3.10 HARDWARE AND SUPPORTS

A. The Contractor is responsible for developing all conduit details consistent with applicable codes and these specifications. The conduit supports, in general, shall consist of hot dipped galvanized bent plates and stainless steel U-bolts unless otherwise shown on the plans.

B. Structural steel brackets, boxes and other equipment shall be provided with a full neoprene gasket where they are in contact with any concrete surface.

C. The anchoring system shall be used to fasten all electrical equipment to concrete as specified. The contractor is required to use all accessories for installing the anchoring system as recommended by the manufacturer including but not limited to wire brush, air nozzle with air compressor and epoxy dispenser.

D. Motors, limit switches, limit switch supports and strike plates shall be fastened to structural steel supports with approved shim packs and fasteners as specified under the machinery specifications.

E. The Contractor shall prepare and submit details of all electrical equipment supports to the COTR for approval.

F. Each electrical device and enclosure shall be provided with a rigid structural steel support. No enclosure or device shall be permitted to cantilever from conduit unless specifically permitted in writing by the COTR.

G. All boxes shall be mounted to concrete using stainless steel adhesive inserts as required.

H. Preformed metal framing channels, such as Kindorf, Unistrut, Superstrut, etc., will not be acceptable for mounting or fastening structural supports, conduits, boxes, or other electrical equipment. The use of J- bolts or beam clamps to fasten structural supports or to clamp conduits, boxes, or other electrical equipment will not be permitted.

I. If the Contractor elects to field drill certain electrical supports, the COTR must approve all details and locations prior to any installation actually taken place.

3.11 BONDING AND GROUNDING

A. Structural steel, all metal framing, cases, conduit hubs and enclosures of electrical equipment such as, limit switches, conduits, boxes, and all other metal parts in the proximity of current carrying conductors or equipment installed on the bridge shall be bonded and solidly connected together via equipment ground conductors.

B. Equipment ground conductors shall be provided in each conduit and cable and shall be bonded to the ground system and conduit hubs.

3.12 BRIDGE WIRING

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 19 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

A. The size of conductors shall be as indicated on the Contract Plans. If no size is indicated or the conductor size and number as shown on the approved electrical schematics vary from that shown on the Contract Plans, conductors of sufficient size and number shall be provided to accommodate the circuits to be installed. These conductors shall be sized in conformance with the National Electrical Code, the electrical requirements of the American Railroad Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association and any other applicable codes. The Contractor shall provide wiring and cables of sufficient ampacity and number as may be required for the installation in accordance with the wiring diagrams on his approved working drawings and these specifications without extra cost to Amtrak.

B. In each conduit and multi-conductor cable, at least two spare conductors shall be provided for every ten conductors of control wire and at least one conductor shall be provided for every ten conductors of power (or fraction thereof) actually used, with the exception of the incoming service conductors.

C. Internal shop wiring for control cabinets and the control stations shall not be smaller than No. 14 AWG. External control wiring shall not be smaller than No. 12 AWG.

D. Wiring shall not be installed in any conduit before all joints are made up tightly, and the conduits rigidly secured in place. The drawing of conductors into conduits shall be done without injury to the wire, insulation or jacket. No lubricant of any kind shall be used for the pulling of wires unless specifically approved by the COTR in writing.

E. For all conductors No. 8 AWG or smaller, approved fork-tongue terminal lugs shall be installed on each end of said conductors. Terminal lugs shall be installed per lug manufacturer recommendations using the proper tools approved by the manufacturer. The terminal lugs for all outgoing wires (No. 8 AWG or smaller) in terminal boxes, control cabinets, control stations and other enclosures shall be connected to terminal blocks herein after specified. Each terminal of all terminal blocks shall be permanently marked to show the same number or designation as appears on the wire connected thereto. Splicing of wires will not be permitted. Wherever it becomes necessary to join or branch conductors, terminal blocks shall be used and wires shall be clearly tagged.

F. Sufficient slack shall be left in all cables to permit proper connections in boxes, cabinets and enclosures. Conductors inside terminal boxes, control cabinets, control stations and other enclosures shall be neatly formed into cables and laced with approved cable ties with the individual conductors leaving the bundled cable at their respective termination points. Each conductor shall be looped to allow not less than three (3) inches of free conductor when disconnected from its respective terminal. The bundled cables shall be held securely away from the terminals and from contact with the enclosure by means of approved insulating supports and ties.

G. Equipment ground conductors shall be installed in all conduits and multi-conductor cables per the National Electrical Code latest edition, and all other applicable local codes.

H. Both ends of every single length of conductor shall be permanently and clearly tagged in accordance with the same numbers or designations appearing on the approved wiring diagrams.

I. All wiring shall be carefully tested after installation. The Contractor shall administer continuity tests, insulation resistance tests and any other required test for any conductor run as directed by the COTR at no additional cost to Amtrak.

3.13 PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. All electrical equipment (unless otherwise noted), non-stainless boxes, device enclosures, supporting clips and brackets, and other devices, shall be given two coats of paint as specified under the requirements for painting structural steel. Before applying the two coats, all surfaces shall be cleaned free of all grease, oil, dirt, and foreign material. Galvanized surfaced shall be etched with copper sulfate

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 20 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

solution, after which two coats of paint shall be applied. In lieu of etching, the Contractor may use galvanizing primer as a first coat for galvanized surfaces followed by two coats of paint. The final coat of paint on equipment mounted on the steel work shall be of a color and type of paint to match the structural steel. The final coat of paint on equipment shall be of a color and type of paint to match the bridge.

B. Stainless steel enclosures, PVC coated conduit, liquid tight conduit, and fittings and die cast zinc limit switch enclosures shall not be field painted. These devices shall be adequately protected from all field- painting operations. Equipment not to be painted shall be carefully masked with polyethylene to prevent accidental paint coverage. If any coating material is applied to the surfaces indicated, as not to be painted, the paint shall be completely removed.

3.14 BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION

A. The bridge shall remain open for boat traffic and closed to train traffic for the specified time duration noted elsewhere. During this period, the Contractor shall establish and plan all construction activities with the bridge open. Any equipment required to transport materials or personnel to the bridge shall be the contractors responsibility at no additional cost to Amtrak.

B. The East Fender is damaged and may be unsafe for work personnel in the current state. The Contractor shall provide temporary platforms or perform temporary repairs as may be required to complete the specified work at no additional cost to Amtrak.

C. During period where the bridge is open to marine traffic and closed to train traffic the Contractor shall perform maintenance on the new and existing systems and components in accordance with manufacturer’s literature, existing Operation and Manuals and the new Technical Manuals.

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF PAYMENT

A. This work will not be measured for payment. This work shall be at the Contract lump sum price for the completion of all work specified.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include the cost of all materials, labor, equipment, plant, testing, testing equipment, fuel and equipment necessary for a complete installation, ready for operation.

B. The work for the operation and maintenance manuals will be paid under item “Technical Manuals”. Ten percent (10%) of the unit bid price shall be retained until the operation and maintenance manuals and as- built drawings have been submitted and approved by the COTR.

4.3 PAY ITEMS

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

160000.01 ELECTRICAL WORK LUMP SUM

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL WORK IN GENERAL 160000 - 21 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

SECTION 160010 – MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, and equipment; and shall do all work necessary for field testing and final acceptance testing.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017823.01 "Movable Bridge Operation and Maintenance Manuals" for operation and maintenance data submittal. 2. Section 019113 “General Commissioning Requirements” for general commissioning procedures. 3. Section 160000 “Electrical Work in General” for electrical work.

1.3 CORRECTION WORK

A. The following shall be included in the work:

1. Work to correct commissioning issues. 2. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TESTING EQUIPMENT

A. The testing of the bridge electrical equipment necessitates at a minimum the use of the following recording and testing devices:

1. Recording Ammeter/Voltmeter 2. Portable Tachometer 3. Portable Megometer 4. Clamp on Ammeter 5. Infrared Scanner 6. Measuring Tape 7. Stop Watch (Timer)

B. Provide any additional equipment required to monitor, adjust or replace items during the testing procedure.

MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING 160010 - 1 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. The Contractor shall arrange for and provide all the necessary field tests, as required herein and directed by the COTR, to demonstrate the existing condition of the electrical system and note any deficiencies observed.

B. A summary of the findings from the baseline testing shall be established in report form and shall be agreed to in writing between the Contactor and the COTR before work is to commence by the Contactor.

C. Testing shall include operation of the swing span, wedge motors, air system, navigation light operation and all other electrical components and systems.

D. The intend of pre-construction testing to establish a base line condition of the bridge operating system in which the Contractor will be required to return operation of the bridge to Amtrak in a similar manner or better.

E. If there is any damage to the bridge new or existing operating equipment including the mechanical or electrical systems, the contractor is required to repair or replace the components and/or equipment to meet the pre-construction baseline condition unless otherwise agreed to in writing.

3.2 FIELD TESTING DURING AND FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION

A. The Contractor shall arrange for and provide all the necessary field tests, as directed by the COTR, to demonstrate that the electrical system and all modifications made are in proper working order and in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. The tests shall include, but not be limited to continuity and insulation resistance testing of conductors, cables and operational testing of the swing span, wedges and navigation lights.

B. Should the tests show that any modified equipment, new piece of equipment or cable or wiring connection, in the judgment of the COTR, is defective or functions improperly, such adjustments and/or replacements shall be made by the Contractor as to make the installation satisfactory to the COTR and at no extra cost.

C. The bridge field tests are intended to confirm each component and subsystem is operational and functions as intended. Confirmation of correct operation of sub-components will be demonstrated through successful operation of the particular component.

3.3 FINAL OPERATIONAL TESTING

A. Final operational testing is intended to show and/or demonstrate that the electrical system including but not limited to; the emergency system, wedge system, span operating machinery, access lighting, and navigation lighting system exceeds the condition noted in the pre-construction baseline testing.

B. New equipment installed by the Contractor as part of this work shall be testing to confirm each new components and subsystem is operational, trouble free and in compliance with the requirements of the contract plans and specifications.

C. These tests are not intended to substitute each sub-component acceptance factory and field tests. Confirmation of correct operation of sub-components will be demonstrated through successful operation of the entire electrical and mechanical systems. However, the Contractor is still responsible for the

MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING 160010 - 2 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

factory and field tests acceptance tests as required per contract specifications. For example, it is not the intent to manually operate and test each limit switch. The contractor prior to demonstration of the system under test will have accomplished this. The contractor shall be able to prove that the results of the sub- component tests are in conformance with the contract plans and specifications. The recommended values of various device parameters can be found in the appropriate manufacturer's catalog cuts and instruction manuals. Correct operation of the sub-components and control circuit wiring connections will be verified through the successful completion of the entire bridge control and power systems tests.

D. Amtrak must be in possession of the approved “Technical Manuals” at least 30 days before final operational testing may begin.

3.4 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TEST DATA

A. All test results, parameters; data specified herein to be recorded shall reference the appropriate paragraph number and shall be presented in legible, tabular format, listing associated parameters and conditions.

B. The results of the tests shall be presented in a matrix form. The proposed format of these sheets shall be submitted to the COTR for acceptance prior to the actual testing. Any parameter value, which falls beyond the acceptable range, would require the readjustment or replacement of the defective device.

C. The table of the test results shall have references to the specific sections of the testing procedure. The precision of the results will depend on the accuracy of recording equipment, the observer and weather conditions. For each stage of testing of the bridge control equipment, the name of the person who will perform the test, instruments used with calibration data if required, the exact date, time and weather conditions shall be recorded.

D. The testing shall be accomplished sequentially, following the bridge operation instructions for normal operation and emergency operation. The major bridge systems shall be monitored while the bridge operates. The printout original shall be kept for future reference, and a printout copy shall be attached to the Technical Manuals for reference. Another printout copy shall be provided to the COTR.

3.5 FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Prior to final testing and mechanical, electrical and structural work shall be complete including painting, cleaning and minor repairs.

B. The Contractor shall schedule with Amtrak and the USCG a period of time where the bridge can be freely operated and testing without delays.

C. The Contractor shall operate the bridge as required during testing with assistance of Amtrak personnel. Measurements required by the Engineer during testing shall be performed at various points in the operation sequence.

D. Contractor personnel shall be available during testing to assist, adjust, troubleshoot and repair the systems being tested.

E. Prior to performance of these tests, all temporary bypasses, jumpers, switches, etc., installed during any previous testing shall be removed.

F. Record as-built drawings and the “Technical Manuals” shall be available during testing.

MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING 160010 - 3 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

3.6 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT

A. The contractor shall perform a step-by-step demonstration of the bridge new, existing and modified operating systems to verify the equipment functions as intended and the operation of the existing equipment has not been modified from the pre-construction condition.

B. The demonstration shall not be performed until all construction is completed and the “Technical Manuals” and other documents are submitted and approved by the COTR.

C. The Contractor shall prepare a test procedure, which shall be submitted at a minimum of 30 days prior to the test date for review and approval. The test procedure shall list in numbered steps each device to be demonstrated, the action required by the operator and the expected results. The bridge operation shall be performed using the main power source and the stand-by generator. In addition manual air motor operation shall be tested. Operation of all interlocks and bypass switches shall be demonstrated. Each step shall be provided with a pass/fail blank.

D. All deficiencies shall be noted on the test procedure. The contractor shall be responsible for adjustment, repair, and replacements of all new equipment as specified including but not limited to limit switches, wedge machinery, conductors, cables, conduit, contactors, relays, timers, overloads and circuit breakers. Any existing equipment that does not operate in a similar manner to the pre-construction condition shall be repaired or adjusted by the contractor to the satisfaction of the COTR.

3.7 TESTS TO BE PERFORMED

A. Prior to any other test, visually verify the wiring connection integrity of the major components including:

1. Wedge limit switches 2. Miter Rail limit switches 3. Over Travel Limit Switches 4. Navigation Lights 5. Air Motor Operation Limit Switches 6. Contactors, overloads and circuit breakers

B. The control desk devices (switches, pilot lights, desk meters) will be used throughout the tests, and all irregularities observed shall be noted during and after the tests from the notes and printouts.

C. Wedge control shall be tested as follows:

1. Follow the normal sequence of operation and test wedge operation in both manual and auto modes. 2. Pull all wedges using the control desk corresponding switches, and verify the wedges are pulled and Miter Rails are up. 3. Drive back all wedges using the control desk corresponding switches and verify the wedges are driven and Miter Rail are down. 4. Verify that the wedges cannot be operated unless the C&S light and Amtrak permissive interlock is energized. 5. Verify that the span cannot be operated electrically unless all wedges are pulled and Miter rails are up. 6. Verify that with the manual system engaged the wedges cannot be operated in the auto mode. 7. Several bridge openings may be required to demonstrate that all the operational parameters are acceptable and interlock functions safe. Subsequent runs will be required to simulate control failures, and to test interlocking and bypass functions. The normal sequence of operation as described in the existing Operation and Maintenance Manual shall be followed up to the indicated operational step of the equipment to be tested.

MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING 160010 - 4 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

D. Over Travel limit switches shall be tested as follows:

1. Simulate an over travel condition by manually engaging the over travel limit switch during a normal span opening, at slow speed. Verify that the span stops and the brakes set.

2. Perform an over travel condition in a slow speed and confirm the limit switch engages the strike plate at 67 degrees and the stop the span immediately. Contractor shall take the necessary precautions and use a back-up cut off during this procedure in case the over travel limit switch does not function as intended.

3. Record and coordinate the full open, emergency over travel and over travel cut off limit switch angular settings.

E. Full Closed limit switches shall be tested as follows:

1. Simulate a fully closed condition by manually engaging each fully closed limit switch individually prior to the closed position during a normal span opening, at slow speed. Verify that the fully closed indicating light turns on, the span decelerates and then the brakes set after a short time delay.

2. Perform a normal operation and confirm operation of each fully closed limit switches at the specified angular set point.

3. Test each fully closed limit switch individually.

4. Verify that the wedges cannot be operated unless the span is fully closed.

F. Motor Heaters

1. Confirm operation of motor winding heaters with disconnect ON.

2. Confirm with disconnect OFF, motor winding heaters de-energize.

G. Span Operation:

1. Follow the normal sequence of operation and test span operation in both manual and auto modes. Confirm proper operation, deceleration points, and speed checks.

2. Simulate multiple combinations of Miter Rail and Wedge limit switches confirm operation of the span and interlocks with the bypass switch ON.

3. In normal speed, verify the brakes set after a short delay after the normal stop bush-button is pressed.

4. In slow speed, verify the brakes immediately set when the emergency stop push-button is pressed.

5. Simulate motor drive faults, overspeed faults, and all other faults and permissives indicated on the as-built drawings and confirm proper operation.

MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING 160010 - 5 SPUYTEN DUYVIL BRIDGE MOVABLE PORTION REHABILITATION NY 10.20 NEW YORK, NY

PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

4.1 METHOD OF PAYMENT

A. This work will not be measured for payment.

4.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

A. The lump sum price bid for this item shall include the cost of all materials, labor, equipment, plant, testing, testing equipment, fuel and equipment necessary for a completion of acceptance testing.

4.3 PAY ITEM

ITEM NO. ITEM PAY UNIT

160010.01 ACCEPTANCE TESTING LUMP SUM

END OF SECTION

MOVABLE BRIDGE ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING 160010 - 6